1 //===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #include "CIndexDiagnostic.h"
19 #include "CXSourceLocation.h"
21 #include "CXTranslationUnit.h"
23 #include "CursorVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Stack.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
32 #include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h"
33 #include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
34 #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Index/CodegenNameGenerator.h"
36 #include "clang/Index/CommentToXML.h"
37 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
38 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
39 #include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Serialization/SerializationDiagnostic.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
45 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
47 #include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h"
48 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
49 #include "llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h"
50 #include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
51 #include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h"
52 #include "llvm/Support/Program.h"
53 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
54 #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h"
55 #include "llvm/Support/TargetSelect.h"
56 #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
57 #include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
58 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
60 #if LLVM_ENABLE_THREADS != 0 && defined(__APPLE__)
61 #define USE_DARWIN_THREADS
64 #ifdef USE_DARWIN_THREADS
68 using namespace clang;
69 using namespace clang::cxcursor;
70 using namespace clang::cxtu;
71 using namespace clang::cxindex;
73 CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx,
74 std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> AU) {
78 CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl();
80 D->TheASTUnit = AU.release();
81 D->StringPool = new cxstring::CXStringPool();
82 D->Diagnostics = nullptr;
83 D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool();
84 D->CommentToXML = nullptr;
85 D->ParsingOptions = 0;
90 bool cxtu::isASTReadError(ASTUnit *AU) {
91 for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = AU->stored_diag_begin(),
92 DEnd = AU->stored_diag_end();
94 if (D->getLevel() >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error &&
95 DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNumberForDiag(D->getID()) ==
96 diag::DiagCat_AST_Deserialization_Issue)
102 cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() {
104 clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
107 /// Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in
108 /// the translation unit.
109 static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM,
112 assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
113 assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
114 if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() &&
115 SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin()))
117 if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() &&
118 SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin()))
123 /// Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a
124 /// a given source range.
125 static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM,
126 SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) {
127 assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
128 assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
129 if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd())
131 if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin()))
133 if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L))
138 /// Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range.
140 /// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the
141 /// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more
142 /// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine
143 /// does the appropriate translation.
144 CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM,
145 const LangOptions &LangOpts,
146 const CharSourceRange &R) {
147 // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the
148 // location accordingly.
149 SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd();
150 bool IsTokenRange = R.isTokenRange();
151 if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc)) {
152 CharSourceRange Expansion = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc);
153 EndLoc = Expansion.getEnd();
154 IsTokenRange = Expansion.isTokenRange();
156 if (IsTokenRange && EndLoc.isValid()) {
157 unsigned Length = Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc),
159 EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length);
162 CXSourceRange Result = {
164 R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(),
165 EndLoc.getRawEncoding()
170 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174 static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C);
175 static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr);
178 RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) {
179 return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest);
182 /// Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor,
185 /// \param Cursor the cursor to visit.
187 /// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked
188 /// that this cursor is within the region of interest.
190 /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
192 bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
193 if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind))
196 if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
197 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
199 assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor");
200 return true; // abort.
203 // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because
204 // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing.
205 if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
209 // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it,
211 if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
212 SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor);
213 if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
217 switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
218 case CXChildVisit_Break:
221 case CXChildVisit_Continue:
224 case CXChildVisit_Recurse: {
225 bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor);
226 if (PostChildrenVisitor)
227 if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData))
233 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!");
236 static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R,
237 PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
238 CursorVisitor &Visitor) {
239 SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager();
242 if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) {
243 // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization
244 // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same FileID.
245 FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin()));
246 if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd())))
250 const auto &Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R);
251 return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.begin(), Entities.end(),
255 bool CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() {
256 if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid())
259 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
260 SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
262 std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
263 Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())),
264 End = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()));
266 if (End.first != Begin.first) {
267 // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by
268 // picking the end of the file of begin location.
269 End.first = Begin.first;
270 End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first);
273 assert(Begin.first == End.first);
274 if (Begin.second > End.second)
277 FileID File = Begin.first;
278 unsigned Offset = Begin.second;
279 unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second;
281 if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast)
282 if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion())
283 return true; // visitation break.
285 if (visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length))
286 return true; // visitation break.
288 if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast)
289 return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
294 static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) {
298 for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
299 DeclDC; DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) {
306 bool CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File,
307 unsigned Offset, unsigned Length) {
308 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
309 SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
310 SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest;
312 SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls;
313 Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
315 // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the
316 // file that it was included from.
317 while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) {
318 bool Invalid = false;
319 const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid);
323 SourceLocation Outer;
324 if (SLEntry.isFile())
325 Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
327 Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
328 if (Outer.isInvalid())
331 std::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer);
333 Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
336 assert(!Decls.empty());
338 bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false;
339 DeclContext *CurDC = nullptr;
340 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin();
341 for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl *>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) {
343 if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid())
346 if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC))
349 CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D);
351 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
352 if (!TD->isFreeStanding())
355 RangeComparisonResult CompRes = RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(),Range);
356 if (CompRes == RangeBefore)
358 if (CompRes == RangeAfter)
361 assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap);
362 VisitedAtLeastOnce = true;
364 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) {
365 FileDI_current = &DIt;
368 FileDI_current = nullptr;
371 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true))
372 return true; // visitation break.
375 if (VisitedAtLeastOnce)
378 // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there
379 // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit
381 DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext()
382 : (*(DIt-1))->getLexicalDeclContext();
384 while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
385 Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC);
386 SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange();
387 if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid())
390 if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) {
391 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true))
392 return true; // visitation break.
395 DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
401 bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() {
402 if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
405 PreprocessingRecord &PPRec
406 = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
407 SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
409 if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
410 SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest);
411 SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin();
412 SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd();
414 if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) {
415 if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E))
416 return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E),
419 // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond
420 // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering
421 // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent
422 // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that
423 // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that
424 // do not come from the same FileID.
426 visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
427 SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()),
429 if (breaked) return true;
430 return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
431 SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E),
435 return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this);
439 = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls();
442 return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(),
445 return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec);
448 template<typename InputIterator>
449 bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First,
451 PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
453 for (; First != Last; ++First) {
454 if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID))
457 PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First;
461 if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) {
462 if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU)))
468 if (MacroDefinitionRecord *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinitionRecord>(PPE)) {
469 if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU)))
475 if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) {
476 if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU)))
486 /// Visit the children of the given cursor.
488 /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
490 bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) {
491 if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) &&
492 Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
493 // By definition, references have no children.
497 // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're
499 SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor);
501 if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
502 Decl *D = const_cast<Decl *>(getCursorDecl(Cursor));
506 return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D);
509 if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) {
510 if (const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor))
516 if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) {
517 if (const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor))
523 if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) {
524 CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(Cursor);
525 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
527 int VisitOrder[2] = { VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast };
528 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
530 if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() &&
531 RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) {
532 for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(),
533 TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end();
535 const Optional<bool> V = handleDeclForVisitation(*TL);
540 } else if (VisitDeclContext(
541 CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl()))
546 // Walk the preprocessing record.
547 if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
548 visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
554 if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
555 if (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) {
556 if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
557 return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc());
562 if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) {
563 const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
564 cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor));
565 if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
566 return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef(
567 ObjT->getInterface(),
568 A->getInterfaceLoc()->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), TU));
571 // If pointing inside a macro definition, check if the token is an identifier
572 // that was ever defined as a macro. In such a case, create a "pseudo" macro
573 // expansion cursor for that token.
574 SourceLocation BeginLoc = RegionOfInterest.getBegin();
575 if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition &&
576 BeginLoc == RegionOfInterest.getEnd()) {
577 SourceLocation Loc = AU->mapLocationToPreamble(BeginLoc);
578 const MacroInfo *MI =
579 getMacroInfo(cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(Cursor), TU);
580 if (MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef =
581 checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Loc, TU))
582 return Visit(cxcursor::MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, BeginLoc, TU));
585 // Nothing to visit at the moment.
589 bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) {
590 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten())
591 if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
594 if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody())
595 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
600 Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) {
601 if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
602 SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager());
603 if (Range.isInvalid())
606 switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) {
608 // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it.
612 // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done.
616 // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it.
623 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) {
624 DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end();
626 // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper
627 // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container.
628 SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator*> DI_saved(DI_current, &I);
629 SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator> DE_saved(DE_current, E);
631 for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
633 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC)
635 const Optional<bool> V = handleDeclForVisitation(D);
643 Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::handleDeclForVisitation(const Decl *D) {
644 CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest);
646 // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like:
647 // @synthesize prop = _prop;
648 // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before
649 // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that
650 // we passed the region-of-interest.
651 if (auto *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) {
652 if (ivarD->getSynthesize())
656 // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol
657 // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics.
658 if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) {
659 auto *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
660 if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
661 Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU);
663 } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) {
664 auto *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
665 if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
666 Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU);
669 const Optional<bool> V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
674 if (Visit(Cursor, true))
679 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) {
680 llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()");
683 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) {
684 if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
687 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(D->getTemplatedDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest));
690 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) {
691 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
692 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
697 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
698 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
699 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
704 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) {
705 return VisitDeclContext(D);
708 bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(
709 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {
710 bool ShouldVisitBody = false;
711 switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) {
713 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
717 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
718 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
721 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
722 ShouldVisitBody = true;
726 // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization.
727 if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) {
728 TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc();
729 if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TSTLoc =
730 TL.getAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>()) {
731 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
732 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc.getArgLoc(I)))
737 return ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D);
740 bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(
741 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) {
742 // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
743 // before visiting these template parameters.
744 if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
747 // Visit the partial specialization arguments.
748 const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *Info = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten();
749 const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = Info->getTemplateArgs();
750 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Info->NumTemplateArgs; I != N; ++I)
751 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I]))
754 return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D);
757 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) {
758 // Visit the default argument.
759 if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
760 if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo())
761 if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc()))
767 bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) {
768 if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr())
769 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
773 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
774 unsigned NumParamList = DD->getNumTemplateParameterLists();
775 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumParamList; i++) {
776 TemplateParameterList* Params = DD->getTemplateParameterList(i);
777 if (VisitTemplateParameters(Params))
781 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
782 if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
785 // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
786 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc())
787 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
793 static bool HasTrailingReturnType(FunctionDecl *ND) {
794 const QualType Ty = ND->getType();
795 if (const FunctionType *AFT = Ty->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
796 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(AFT))
797 return FT->hasTrailingReturn();
803 /// Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order.
804 static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer *const *X,
805 CXXCtorInitializer *const *Y) {
806 return (*X)->getSourceOrder() - (*Y)->getSourceOrder();
809 bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) {
810 unsigned NumParamList = ND->getNumTemplateParameterLists();
811 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumParamList; i++) {
812 TemplateParameterList* Params = ND->getTemplateParameterList(i);
813 if (VisitTemplateParameters(Params))
817 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
818 // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order
819 // written. This requires a bit of work.
820 TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
821 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
822 const bool HasTrailingRT = HasTrailingReturnType(ND);
824 // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef),
825 // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type
827 if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && !HasTrailingRT &&
828 Visit(FTL.getReturnLoc())) ||
832 // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
833 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc())
834 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
837 // Visit the declaration name.
838 if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND))
839 if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo()))
842 // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments!
844 // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type.
845 if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FTL, true))
848 // Visit the function's trailing return type.
849 if (FTL && HasTrailingRT && Visit(FTL.getReturnLoc()))
852 // FIXME: Attributes?
855 if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
856 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) {
857 // Find the initializers that were written in the source.
858 SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits;
859 for (auto *I : Constructor->inits()) {
863 WrittenInits.push_back(I);
866 // Sort the initializers in source order
867 llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(),
868 &CompareCXXCtorInitializers);
870 // Visit the initializers in source order
871 for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) {
872 CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I];
873 if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
874 if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(),
875 Init->getMemberLocation(), TU)))
877 } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
878 if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
882 // Visit the initializer value.
883 if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit())
884 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
889 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
896 bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
897 if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
900 if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth())
901 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
903 if (Expr *Init = D->getInClassInitializer())
904 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
909 bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) {
910 if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
913 if (Expr *Init = D->getInit())
914 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
919 bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) {
920 if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
923 if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
924 if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument())
925 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
930 bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) {
931 // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl
932 // before visiting these template parameters.
933 if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
936 auto* FD = D->getTemplatedDecl();
937 return VisitAttributes(FD) || VisitFunctionDecl(FD);
940 bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) {
941 // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
942 // before visiting these template parameters.
943 if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
946 auto* CD = D->getTemplatedDecl();
947 return VisitAttributes(CD) || VisitCXXRecordDecl(CD);
950 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
951 if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
954 if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() &&
955 VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument()))
961 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamDecl(ObjCTypeParamDecl *D) {
962 // Visit the bound, if it's explicit.
963 if (D->hasExplicitBound()) {
964 if (auto TInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
965 if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
973 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) {
974 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getReturnTypeSourceInfo())
975 if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
978 for (const auto *P : ND->parameters()) {
979 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
983 return ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
984 Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
987 template <typename DeclIt>
988 static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current,
989 SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc,
990 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) {
991 DeclIt next = *DI_current;
992 while (++next != DE_current) {
993 Decl *D_next = *next;
996 SourceLocation L = D_next->getLocStart();
999 if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) {
1001 Decls.push_back(D_next);
1008 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
1009 // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially
1010 // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly
1011 // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit
1012 // this nesting here.
1013 if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current)
1014 return VisitDeclContext(D);
1016 // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container
1017 // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the
1018 // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector
1019 // for later processing.
1020 SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer;
1021 SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd();
1022 SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
1023 if (EndLoc.isValid()) {
1025 addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc,
1028 addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc,
1034 if (DeclsInContainer.empty())
1035 return VisitDeclContext(D);
1037 // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the
1038 // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them.
1039 for (auto *SubDecl : D->decls()) {
1040 if (!SubDecl || SubDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D ||
1041 SubDecl->getLocStart().isInvalid())
1043 DeclsInContainer.push_back(SubDecl);
1046 // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order.
1047 llvm::sort(DeclsInContainer.begin(), DeclsInContainer.end(),
1048 [&SM](Decl *A, Decl *B) {
1049 SourceLocation L_A = A->getLocStart();
1050 SourceLocation L_B = B->getLocStart();
1052 SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B) :
1053 SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(A->getLocEnd(), B->getLocEnd());
1056 // Now visit the decls.
1057 for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(),
1058 E = DeclsInContainer.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1059 CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest);
1060 const Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
1065 if (Visit(Cursor, true))
1071 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) {
1072 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(),
1076 if (VisitObjCTypeParamList(ND->getTypeParamList()))
1079 ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin();
1080 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(),
1081 E = ND->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
1082 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
1085 return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND);
1088 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) {
1089 if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1090 return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU));
1092 ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin();
1093 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(),
1094 E = PID->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
1095 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
1098 return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID);
1101 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) {
1102 if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()))
1105 // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being
1106 // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code
1107 // should be removed.
1108 ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext());
1109 if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension())
1112 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface();
1116 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier();
1117 ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl =
1118 ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl(cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId,
1119 PD->getQueryKind());
1124 // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting
1126 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl())
1127 if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
1128 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1131 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl())
1132 if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
1133 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1139 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamList(ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList) {
1143 for (auto *typeParam : *typeParamList) {
1144 // Visit the type parameter.
1145 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(typeParam, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1152 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1153 if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
1154 // Forward declaration is treated like a reference.
1155 return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU));
1158 // Objective-C type parameters.
1159 if (VisitObjCTypeParamList(D->getTypeParamListAsWritten()))
1162 // Issue callbacks for super class.
1163 if (D->getSuperClass() &&
1164 Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
1165 D->getSuperClassLoc(),
1169 if (TypeSourceInfo *SuperClassTInfo = D->getSuperClassTInfo())
1170 if (Visit(SuperClassTInfo->getTypeLoc()))
1173 ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin();
1174 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(),
1175 E = D->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
1176 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
1179 return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
1182 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) {
1183 return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
1186 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) {
1187 // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code.
1188 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface())
1189 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU)))
1192 return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
1195 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1197 // Issue callbacks for super class.
1198 // FIXME: No source location information!
1199 if (D->getSuperClass() &&
1200 Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
1201 D->getSuperClassLoc(),
1206 return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
1209 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) {
1210 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl())
1211 if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified())
1212 return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU));
1217 bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) {
1218 return VisitDeclContext(D);
1221 bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
1222 // Visit nested-name-specifier.
1223 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
1224 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1227 return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(),
1228 D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU));
1231 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) {
1232 // Visit nested-name-specifier.
1233 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
1234 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1238 if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)))
1241 return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
1244 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) {
1245 // Visit nested-name-specifier.
1246 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
1247 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1250 return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(),
1251 D->getIdentLocation(), TU));
1254 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) {
1255 // Visit nested-name-specifier.
1256 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
1257 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1261 return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
1264 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(
1265 UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
1266 // Visit nested-name-specifier.
1267 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
1268 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1274 bool CursorVisitor::VisitStaticAssertDecl(StaticAssertDecl *D) {
1275 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D->getAssertExpr(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1277 if (StringLiteral *Message = D->getMessage())
1278 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Message, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1283 bool CursorVisitor::VisitFriendDecl(FriendDecl *D) {
1284 if (NamedDecl *FriendD = D->getFriendDecl()) {
1285 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(FriendD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1287 } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = D->getFriendType()) {
1288 if (Visit(TI->getTypeLoc()))
1294 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) {
1295 switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) {
1296 case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier:
1297 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
1298 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
1299 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
1300 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
1303 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
1304 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
1305 case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
1306 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo())
1307 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
1310 case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
1311 case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
1312 case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
1313 // FIXME: Per-identifier location info?
1317 llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!");
1320 bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1321 SourceRange Range) {
1322 // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper
1323 // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have
1324 // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the
1325 // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component.
1329 // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier.
1330 while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
1333 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
1334 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
1335 return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(),
1338 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
1339 return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
1340 Range.getBegin(), TU));
1342 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: {
1343 // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source
1344 // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference
1346 const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
1347 if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
1348 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
1349 if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
1350 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
1351 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
1352 = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T))
1353 return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin());
1357 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
1358 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
1359 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
1360 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
1368 CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
1369 SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers;
1370 for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix())
1371 Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier);
1373 while (!Qualifiers.empty()) {
1374 NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val();
1375 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier();
1376 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
1377 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
1378 if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(),
1379 Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
1385 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
1386 if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
1387 Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
1393 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
1394 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
1395 if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc()))
1400 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
1401 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
1402 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
1410 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters(
1411 const TemplateParameterList *Params) {
1415 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
1416 PEnd = Params->end();
1418 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1425 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) {
1426 switch (Name.getKind()) {
1427 case TemplateName::Template:
1428 return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU));
1430 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
1431 // Visit the overloaded template set.
1432 if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU)))
1437 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate:
1438 // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
1441 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
1442 // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
1443 return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
1444 Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()->getDecl(),
1447 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm:
1448 return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
1449 Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(),
1452 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack:
1453 return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
1454 Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(),
1458 llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!");
1461 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) {
1462 switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) {
1463 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1464 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1465 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1468 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1469 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo())
1470 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
1473 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
1474 if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression())
1475 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
1478 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
1479 if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression())
1480 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
1483 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
1484 if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression())
1485 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
1488 case TemplateArgument::Template:
1489 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
1490 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc()))
1493 return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(),
1494 TAL.getTemplateNameLoc());
1497 llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!");
1500 bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
1501 return VisitDeclContext(D);
1504 bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
1505 return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
1508 bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
1509 ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext();
1511 // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and
1512 // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those.
1514 switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) {
1516 case BuiltinType::Void:
1517 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
1518 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
1519 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
1520 case BuiltinType::Id:
1521 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
1522 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1523 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
1524 case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
1525 case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
1526 case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
1527 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
1528 #define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
1529 #define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
1530 #define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
1531 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
1532 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
1535 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1536 VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType();
1539 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1540 VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType();
1543 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
1544 VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType();
1548 if (!VisitType.isNull()) {
1549 if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>())
1550 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(),
1557 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) {
1558 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1561 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) {
1562 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1565 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) {
1566 if (TL.isDefinition())
1567 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest));
1569 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1572 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) {
1573 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1576 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) {
1577 return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1580 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamTypeLoc(ObjCTypeParamTypeLoc TL) {
1581 if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getLocStart(), TU)))
1583 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) {
1584 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I),
1592 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) {
1593 if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc()))
1596 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumTypeArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
1597 if (Visit(TL.getTypeArgTInfo(I)->getTypeLoc()))
1601 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) {
1602 if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I),
1610 bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
1611 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1614 bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) {
1615 return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc());
1618 bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) {
1619 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1622 bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) {
1623 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1626 bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) {
1627 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1630 bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
1631 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1634 bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
1635 return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
1638 bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
1639 return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc());
1642 bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL,
1643 bool SkipResultType) {
1644 if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getReturnLoc()))
1647 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I)
1648 if (Decl *D = TL.getParam(I))
1649 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
1655 bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
1656 if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc()))
1659 if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr())
1660 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
1665 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecayedTypeLoc(DecayedTypeLoc TL) {
1666 return Visit(TL.getOriginalLoc());
1669 bool CursorVisitor::VisitAdjustedTypeLoc(AdjustedTypeLoc TL) {
1670 return Visit(TL.getOriginalLoc());
1673 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
1674 DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
1675 if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(),
1676 TL.getTemplateNameLoc()))
1682 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
1683 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
1684 // Visit the template name.
1685 if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(),
1686 TL.getTemplateNameLoc()))
1689 // Visit the template arguments.
1690 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
1691 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
1697 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) {
1698 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU));
1701 bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
1702 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
1703 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
1708 bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
1709 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
1710 return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
1715 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
1716 return VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc());
1719 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
1720 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
1721 // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one.
1722 if (TL.getQualifierLoc() &&
1723 VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
1726 // Visit the template arguments.
1727 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
1728 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
1734 bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) {
1735 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
1738 return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc());
1741 bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) {
1742 return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc());
1745 bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
1746 if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr())
1747 return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU));
1752 bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) {
1753 return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
1756 bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) {
1757 return Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
1760 bool CursorVisitor::VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) {
1761 return Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
1764 #define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT) \
1765 bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \
1766 return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \
1769 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type)
1770 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType)
1771 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)
1772 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType)
1773 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)
1774 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentAddressSpace, Type)
1775 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentVector, Type)
1776 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)
1777 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type)
1778 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType)
1779 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType)
1780 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)
1781 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType)
1782 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType)
1783 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)
1784 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)
1785 DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type)
1787 bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) {
1788 // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
1789 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
1790 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
1793 if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) {
1794 for (const auto &I : D->bases()) {
1795 if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(&I, TU)))
1800 return VisitTagDecl(D);
1803 bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) {
1804 for (const auto *I : D->attrs())
1805 if (!I->isImplicit() && Visit(MakeCXCursor(I, D, TU)))
1811 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1812 // Data-recursive visitor methods.
1813 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1816 #define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND)\
1817 class NAME : public VisitorJob {\
1819 NAME(const DATA *d, CXCursor parent) : \
1820 VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \
1821 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { return VJ->getKind() == KIND; }\
1822 const DATA *get() const { return static_cast<const DATA*>(data[0]); }\
1825 DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind)
1826 DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind)
1827 DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind)
1828 DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind)
1829 DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind)
1830 DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind)
1831 DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind)
1834 class ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit : public VisitorJob {
1836 ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Begin,
1837 const TemplateArgumentLoc *End, CXCursor parent)
1838 : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind, Begin,
1840 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1841 return VJ->getKind() == ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind;
1843 const TemplateArgumentLoc *begin() const {
1844 return static_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc *>(data[0]);
1846 const TemplateArgumentLoc *end() {
1847 return static_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc *>(data[1]);
1850 class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob {
1852 DeclVisit(const Decl *D, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) :
1853 VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind,
1854 D, isFirst ? (void*) 1 : (void*) nullptr) {}
1855 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1856 return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind;
1858 const Decl *get() const { return static_cast<const Decl *>(data[0]); }
1859 bool isFirst() const { return data[1] != nullptr; }
1861 class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
1863 TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) :
1864 VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind,
1865 tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {}
1867 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1868 return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind;
1871 TypeLoc get() const {
1872 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]);
1873 return TypeLoc(T, const_cast<void *>(data[1]));
1877 class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
1879 LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent)
1880 : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD,
1881 labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {}
1883 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1884 return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind;
1886 const LabelDecl *get() const {
1887 return static_cast<const LabelDecl *>(data[0]);
1889 SourceLocation getLoc() const {
1890 return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); }
1893 class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
1895 NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent)
1896 : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind,
1897 Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(),
1898 Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) { }
1900 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1901 return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind;
1904 NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const {
1905 return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(
1906 const_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(
1907 static_cast<const NestedNameSpecifier *>(data[0])),
1908 const_cast<void *>(data[1]));
1912 class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob {
1914 DeclarationNameInfoVisit(const Stmt *S, CXCursor parent)
1915 : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, S) {}
1916 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1917 return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind;
1919 DeclarationNameInfo get() const {
1920 const Stmt *S = static_cast<const Stmt *>(data[0]);
1921 switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
1923 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt");
1924 case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass:
1925 return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo();
1926 case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
1927 return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo();
1928 case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
1929 return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo();
1930 case Stmt::OMPCriticalDirectiveClass:
1931 return cast<OMPCriticalDirective>(S)->getDirectiveName();
1935 class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
1937 MemberRefVisit(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent)
1938 : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D,
1939 L.getPtrEncoding()) {}
1940 static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
1941 return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind;
1943 const FieldDecl *get() const {
1944 return static_cast<const FieldDecl *>(data[0]);
1946 SourceLocation getLoc() const {
1947 return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t) data[1]);
1950 class EnqueueVisitor : public ConstStmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> {
1951 friend class OMPClauseEnqueue;
1952 VisitorWorkList &WL;
1955 EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent)
1956 : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {}
1958 void VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E);
1959 void VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B);
1960 void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
1961 void VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S);
1962 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ }
1963 void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(const MSDependentExistsStmt *S);
1964 void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E);
1965 void VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E);
1966 void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
1967 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E);
1968 void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E);
1969 void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E);
1970 void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E);
1971 void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E);
1972 void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E);
1973 void VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S);
1974 void VisitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S);
1975 void VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *D);
1976 void VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S);
1977 void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E);
1978 void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E);
1979 void VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E);
1980 void VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS);
1981 void VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS);
1982 void VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If);
1983 void VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE);
1984 void VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M);
1985 void VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E);
1986 void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E);
1987 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M);
1988 void VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E);
1989 void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
1990 void VisitStmt(const Stmt *S);
1991 void VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S);
1992 void VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W);
1993 void VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E);
1994 void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E);
1995 void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E);
1996 void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U);
1997 void VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E);
1998 void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E);
1999 void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E);
2000 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E);
2001 void VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E);
2002 void VisitOMPExecutableDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective *D);
2003 void VisitOMPLoopDirective(const OMPLoopDirective *D);
2004 void VisitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective *D);
2005 void VisitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective *D);
2006 void VisitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective *D);
2007 void VisitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective *D);
2008 void VisitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective *D);
2009 void VisitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective *D);
2010 void VisitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective *D);
2011 void VisitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective *D);
2012 void VisitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective *D);
2013 void VisitOMPParallelForDirective(const OMPParallelForDirective *D);
2014 void VisitOMPParallelForSimdDirective(const OMPParallelForSimdDirective *D);
2015 void VisitOMPParallelSectionsDirective(const OMPParallelSectionsDirective *D);
2016 void VisitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective *D);
2017 void VisitOMPTaskyieldDirective(const OMPTaskyieldDirective *D);
2018 void VisitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective *D);
2019 void VisitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective *D);
2020 void VisitOMPTaskgroupDirective(const OMPTaskgroupDirective *D);
2022 VisitOMPCancellationPointDirective(const OMPCancellationPointDirective *D);
2023 void VisitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective *D);
2024 void VisitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective *D);
2025 void VisitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective *D);
2026 void VisitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective *D);
2027 void VisitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective *D);
2028 void VisitOMPTargetDataDirective(const OMPTargetDataDirective *D);
2029 void VisitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective(const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective *D);
2030 void VisitOMPTargetExitDataDirective(const OMPTargetExitDataDirective *D);
2031 void VisitOMPTargetParallelDirective(const OMPTargetParallelDirective *D);
2033 VisitOMPTargetParallelForDirective(const OMPTargetParallelForDirective *D);
2034 void VisitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective *D);
2035 void VisitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective *D);
2036 void VisitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective *D);
2037 void VisitOMPDistributeDirective(const OMPDistributeDirective *D);
2038 void VisitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
2039 const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective *D);
2040 void VisitOMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2041 const OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D);
2042 void VisitOMPDistributeSimdDirective(const OMPDistributeSimdDirective *D);
2043 void VisitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
2044 const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective *D);
2045 void VisitOMPTargetSimdDirective(const OMPTargetSimdDirective *D);
2046 void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeDirective(const OMPTeamsDistributeDirective *D);
2047 void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
2048 const OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D);
2049 void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2050 const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D);
2051 void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
2052 const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D);
2053 void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDirective(const OMPTargetTeamsDirective *D);
2054 void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
2055 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective *D);
2056 void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
2057 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D);
2058 void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2059 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D);
2060 void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
2061 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D);
2064 void AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S);
2065 void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier);
2066 void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgumentLoc *A,
2067 unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
2068 void AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L);
2069 void AddStmt(const Stmt *S);
2070 void AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst = true);
2071 void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2072 void EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S);
2073 void EnqueueChildren(const OMPClause *S);
2075 } // end anonyous namespace
2077 void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S) {
2078 // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the
2079 // statement we are visiting.
2080 WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent));
2084 EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
2086 WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent));
2089 void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(const Stmt *S) {
2091 WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent));
2093 void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst) {
2095 WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst));
2097 void EnqueueVisitor::AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgumentLoc *A,
2098 unsigned NumTemplateArgs) {
2099 WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(A, A + NumTemplateArgs, Parent));
2101 void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) {
2103 WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent));
2105 void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
2107 WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent));
2109 void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S) {
2110 unsigned size = WL.size();
2111 for (const Stmt *SubStmt : S->children()) {
2114 if (size == WL.size())
2116 // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
2117 // ordering performed by the worklist.
2118 VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
2122 class OMPClauseEnqueue : public ConstOMPClauseVisitor<OMPClauseEnqueue> {
2123 EnqueueVisitor *Visitor;
2124 /// Process clauses with list of variables.
2125 template <typename T>
2126 void VisitOMPClauseList(T *Node);
2128 OMPClauseEnqueue(EnqueueVisitor *Visitor) : Visitor(Visitor) { }
2129 #define OPENMP_CLAUSE(Name, Class) \
2130 void Visit##Class(const Class *C);
2131 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def"
2132 void VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(const OMPClauseWithPreInit *C);
2133 void VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(const OMPClauseWithPostUpdate *C);
2136 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(
2137 const OMPClauseWithPreInit *C) {
2138 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPreInitStmt());
2141 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(
2142 const OMPClauseWithPostUpdate *C) {
2143 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2144 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPostUpdateExpr());
2147 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPIfClause(const OMPIfClause *C) {
2148 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2149 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition());
2152 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFinalClause(const OMPFinalClause *C) {
2153 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition());
2156 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumThreadsClause(const OMPNumThreadsClause *C) {
2157 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2158 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumThreads());
2161 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSafelenClause(const OMPSafelenClause *C) {
2162 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getSafelen());
2165 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSimdlenClause(const OMPSimdlenClause *C) {
2166 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getSimdlen());
2169 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCollapseClause(const OMPCollapseClause *C) {
2170 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumForLoops());
2173 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDefaultClause(const OMPDefaultClause *C) { }
2175 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPProcBindClause(const OMPProcBindClause *C) { }
2177 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPScheduleClause(const OMPScheduleClause *C) {
2178 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2179 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getChunkSize());
2182 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPOrderedClause(const OMPOrderedClause *C) {
2183 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumForLoops());
2186 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNowaitClause(const OMPNowaitClause *) {}
2188 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUntiedClause(const OMPUntiedClause *) {}
2190 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPMergeableClause(const OMPMergeableClause *) {}
2192 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReadClause(const OMPReadClause *) {}
2194 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPWriteClause(const OMPWriteClause *) {}
2196 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUpdateClause(const OMPUpdateClause *) {}
2198 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCaptureClause(const OMPCaptureClause *) {}
2200 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSeqCstClause(const OMPSeqCstClause *) {}
2202 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPThreadsClause(const OMPThreadsClause *) {}
2204 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSIMDClause(const OMPSIMDClause *) {}
2206 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNogroupClause(const OMPNogroupClause *) {}
2208 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDeviceClause(const OMPDeviceClause *C) {
2209 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getDevice());
2212 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumTeamsClause(const OMPNumTeamsClause *C) {
2213 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2214 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumTeams());
2217 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPThreadLimitClause(const OMPThreadLimitClause *C) {
2218 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2219 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getThreadLimit());
2222 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPPriorityClause(const OMPPriorityClause *C) {
2223 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPriority());
2226 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPGrainsizeClause(const OMPGrainsizeClause *C) {
2227 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getGrainsize());
2230 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumTasksClause(const OMPNumTasksClause *C) {
2231 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumTasks());
2234 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPHintClause(const OMPHintClause *C) {
2235 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getHint());
2238 template<typename T>
2239 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseList(T *Node) {
2240 for (const auto *I : Node->varlists()) {
2241 Visitor->AddStmt(I);
2245 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPPrivateClause(const OMPPrivateClause *C) {
2246 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2247 for (const auto *E : C->private_copies()) {
2248 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2251 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFirstprivateClause(
2252 const OMPFirstprivateClause *C) {
2253 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2254 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2255 for (const auto *E : C->private_copies()) {
2256 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2258 for (const auto *E : C->inits()) {
2259 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2262 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPLastprivateClause(
2263 const OMPLastprivateClause *C) {
2264 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2265 VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C);
2266 for (auto *E : C->private_copies()) {
2267 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2269 for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) {
2270 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2272 for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) {
2273 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2275 for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) {
2276 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2279 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSharedClause(const OMPSharedClause *C) {
2280 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2282 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReductionClause(const OMPReductionClause *C) {
2283 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2284 VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C);
2285 for (auto *E : C->privates()) {
2286 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2288 for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) {
2289 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2291 for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) {
2292 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2294 for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) {
2295 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2298 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPTaskReductionClause(
2299 const OMPTaskReductionClause *C) {
2300 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2301 VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C);
2302 for (auto *E : C->privates()) {
2303 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2305 for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) {
2306 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2308 for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) {
2309 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2311 for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) {
2312 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2315 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPInReductionClause(
2316 const OMPInReductionClause *C) {
2317 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2318 VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C);
2319 for (auto *E : C->privates()) {
2320 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2322 for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) {
2323 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2325 for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) {
2326 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2328 for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) {
2329 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2331 for (auto *E : C->taskgroup_descriptors())
2332 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2334 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPLinearClause(const OMPLinearClause *C) {
2335 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2336 VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C);
2337 for (const auto *E : C->privates()) {
2338 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2340 for (const auto *E : C->inits()) {
2341 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2343 for (const auto *E : C->updates()) {
2344 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2346 for (const auto *E : C->finals()) {
2347 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2349 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getStep());
2350 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCalcStep());
2352 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAlignedClause(const OMPAlignedClause *C) {
2353 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2354 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getAlignment());
2356 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCopyinClause(const OMPCopyinClause *C) {
2357 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2358 for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) {
2359 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2361 for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) {
2362 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2364 for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) {
2365 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2369 OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCopyprivateClause(const OMPCopyprivateClause *C) {
2370 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2371 for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) {
2372 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2374 for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) {
2375 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2377 for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) {
2378 Visitor->AddStmt(E);
2381 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFlushClause(const OMPFlushClause *C) {
2382 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2384 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDependClause(const OMPDependClause *C) {
2385 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2387 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPMapClause(const OMPMapClause *C) {
2388 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2390 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDistScheduleClause(
2391 const OMPDistScheduleClause *C) {
2392 VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C);
2393 Visitor->AddStmt(C->getChunkSize());
2395 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDefaultmapClause(
2396 const OMPDefaultmapClause * /*C*/) {}
2397 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPToClause(const OMPToClause *C) {
2398 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2400 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFromClause(const OMPFromClause *C) {
2401 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2403 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUseDevicePtrClause(const OMPUseDevicePtrClause *C) {
2404 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2406 void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPIsDevicePtrClause(const OMPIsDevicePtrClause *C) {
2407 VisitOMPClauseList(C);
2411 void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(const OMPClause *S) {
2412 unsigned size = WL.size();
2413 OMPClauseEnqueue Visitor(this);
2415 if (size == WL.size())
2417 // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
2418 // ordering performed by the worklist.
2419 VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
2422 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E) {
2423 WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
2425 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B) {
2426 AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl());
2428 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
2430 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
2432 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S) {
2433 for (auto &I : llvm::reverse(S->body()))
2436 void EnqueueVisitor::
2437 VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(const MSDependentExistsStmt *S) {
2438 AddStmt(S->getSubStmt());
2439 AddDeclarationNameInfo(S);
2440 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc())
2441 AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
2444 void EnqueueVisitor::
2445 VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
2446 if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2447 AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs());
2448 AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
2449 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
2450 AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
2451 if (!E->isImplicitAccess())
2452 AddStmt(E->getBase());
2454 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
2455 // Enqueue the initializer , if any.
2456 AddStmt(E->getInitializer());
2457 // Enqueue the array size, if any.
2458 AddStmt(E->getArraySize());
2459 // Enqueue the allocated type.
2460 AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo());
2461 // Enqueue the placement arguments.
2462 for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I)
2463 AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I-1));
2465 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) {
2466 for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I)
2467 AddStmt(CE->getArg(I-1));
2468 AddStmt(CE->getCallee());
2469 AddStmt(CE->getArg(0));
2471 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(
2472 const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) {
2473 // Visit the name of the type being destroyed.
2474 AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo());
2475 // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier
2477 AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo());
2478 // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
2479 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
2480 AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
2481 // Visit base expression.
2482 AddStmt(E->getBase());
2484 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(
2485 const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
2486 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
2488 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(
2489 const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) {
2491 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
2493 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
2495 if (E->isTypeOperand())
2496 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
2499 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(
2500 const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E) {
2502 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
2504 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
2506 if (E->isTypeOperand())
2507 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
2510 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S) {
2512 AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl());
2515 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S) {
2516 AddStmt(S->getBody());
2517 AddStmt(S->getRangeInit());
2518 AddDecl(S->getLoopVariable());
2521 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *DR) {
2522 if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2523 AddExplicitTemplateArgs(DR->getTemplateArgs(), DR->getNumTemplateArgs());
2524 WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent));
2526 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(
2527 const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
2528 if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2529 AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs());
2530 AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
2531 AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc());
2533 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S) {
2534 unsigned size = WL.size();
2535 bool isFirst = true;
2536 for (const auto *D : S->decls()) {
2537 AddDecl(D, isFirst);
2540 if (size == WL.size())
2542 // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
2543 // ordering performed by the worklist.
2544 VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
2547 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
2548 AddStmt(E->getInit());
2549 for (const DesignatedInitExpr::Designator &D :
2550 llvm::reverse(E->designators())) {
2551 if (D.isFieldDesignator()) {
2552 if (FieldDecl *Field = D.getField())
2553 AddMemberRef(Field, D.getFieldLoc());
2556 if (D.isArrayDesignator()) {
2557 AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(D));
2560 assert(D.isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind");
2561 AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(D));
2562 AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(D));
2565 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E) {
2567 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten());
2569 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS) {
2570 AddStmt(FS->getBody());
2571 AddStmt(FS->getInc());
2572 AddStmt(FS->getCond());
2573 AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable());
2574 AddStmt(FS->getInit());
2576 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS) {
2577 WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
2579 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If) {
2580 AddStmt(If->getElse());
2581 AddStmt(If->getThen());
2582 AddStmt(If->getCond());
2583 AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable());
2585 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE) {
2586 // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only.
2587 if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm())
2589 EnqueueChildren(IE);
2591 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M) {
2592 WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent));
2594 // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't
2596 // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be
2597 // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior.
2598 if (M->isImplicitAccess())
2601 // Ignore base anonymous struct/union fields, otherwise they will shadow the
2602 // real field that we are interested in.
2603 if (auto *SubME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(M->getBase())) {
2604 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(SubME->getMemberDecl())) {
2605 if (FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
2606 AddStmt(SubME->getBase());
2612 AddStmt(M->getBase());
2614 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) {
2615 AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo());
2617 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M) {
2619 AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo());
2621 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E) {
2622 // Visit the components of the offsetof expression.
2623 for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) {
2624 const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I-1);
2625 switch (Node.getKind()) {
2626 case OffsetOfNode::Array:
2627 AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex()));
2629 case OffsetOfNode::Field:
2630 AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2632 case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
2633 case OffsetOfNode::Base:
2637 // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset.
2638 AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
2640 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E) {
2641 if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
2642 AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs());
2643 WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent));
2645 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
2646 const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2648 if (E->isArgumentType())
2649 AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo());
2651 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
2654 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S) {
2655 AddStmt(S->getBody());
2656 AddStmt(S->getCond());
2657 AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable());
2660 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W) {
2661 AddStmt(W->getBody());
2662 AddStmt(W->getCond());
2663 AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable());
2666 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) {
2667 for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I)
2668 AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I-1));
2671 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2672 AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
2675 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
2679 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) {
2680 VisitOverloadExpr(U);
2681 if (!U->isImplicitAccess())
2682 AddStmt(U->getBase());
2684 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E) {
2685 AddStmt(E->getSubExpr());
2686 AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo());
2688 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
2689 WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent));
2691 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
2692 // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently
2693 // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions.
2694 if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr())
2695 return Visit(SourceExpr);
2697 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) {
2698 AddStmt(E->getBody());
2699 WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent));
2701 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
2702 // Treat the expression like its syntactic form.
2703 Visit(E->getSyntacticForm());
2706 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPExecutableDirective(
2707 const OMPExecutableDirective *D) {
2709 for (ArrayRef<OMPClause *>::iterator I = D->clauses().begin(),
2710 E = D->clauses().end();
2712 EnqueueChildren(*I);
2715 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPLoopDirective(const OMPLoopDirective *D) {
2716 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2719 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective *D) {
2720 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2723 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective *D) {
2724 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2727 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective *D) {
2728 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2731 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective *D) {
2732 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2735 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective *D) {
2736 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2739 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective *D) {
2740 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2743 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective *D) {
2744 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2747 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective *D) {
2748 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2751 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective *D) {
2752 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2753 AddDeclarationNameInfo(D);
2757 EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelForDirective(const OMPParallelForDirective *D) {
2758 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2761 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelForSimdDirective(
2762 const OMPParallelForSimdDirective *D) {
2763 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2766 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelSectionsDirective(
2767 const OMPParallelSectionsDirective *D) {
2768 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2771 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective *D) {
2772 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2776 EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskyieldDirective(const OMPTaskyieldDirective *D) {
2777 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2780 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective *D) {
2781 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2784 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective *D) {
2785 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2788 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskgroupDirective(
2789 const OMPTaskgroupDirective *D) {
2790 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2791 if (const Expr *E = D->getReductionRef())
2795 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective *D) {
2796 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2799 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective *D) {
2800 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2803 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective *D) {
2804 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2807 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective *D) {
2808 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2811 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetDataDirective(const
2812 OMPTargetDataDirective *D) {
2813 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2816 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective(
2817 const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective *D) {
2818 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2821 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetExitDataDirective(
2822 const OMPTargetExitDataDirective *D) {
2823 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2826 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelDirective(
2827 const OMPTargetParallelDirective *D) {
2828 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2831 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelForDirective(
2832 const OMPTargetParallelForDirective *D) {
2833 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2836 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective *D) {
2837 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2840 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCancellationPointDirective(
2841 const OMPCancellationPointDirective *D) {
2842 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2845 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective *D) {
2846 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2849 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective *D) {
2850 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2853 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
2854 const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) {
2855 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2858 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeDirective(
2859 const OMPDistributeDirective *D) {
2860 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2863 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
2864 const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective *D) {
2865 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2868 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2869 const OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) {
2870 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2873 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeSimdDirective(
2874 const OMPDistributeSimdDirective *D) {
2875 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2878 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
2879 const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective *D) {
2880 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2883 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetSimdDirective(
2884 const OMPTargetSimdDirective *D) {
2885 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2888 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
2889 const OMPTeamsDistributeDirective *D) {
2890 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2893 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
2894 const OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D) {
2895 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2898 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2899 const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) {
2900 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2903 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
2904 const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D) {
2905 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2908 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDirective(
2909 const OMPTargetTeamsDirective *D) {
2910 VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D);
2913 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
2914 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective *D) {
2915 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2918 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
2919 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D) {
2920 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2923 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
2924 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) {
2925 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2928 void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
2929 const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D) {
2930 VisitOMPLoopDirective(D);
2933 void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, const Stmt *S) {
2934 EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU,RegionOfInterest)).Visit(S);
2937 bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) {
2938 if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
2939 SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C);
2940 if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
2946 bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) {
2947 while (!WL.empty()) {
2948 // Dequeue the worklist item.
2949 VisitorJob LI = WL.pop_back_val();
2951 // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done.
2952 SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent());
2954 switch (LI.getKind()) {
2955 case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: {
2956 const Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get();
2960 // For now, perform default visitation for Decls.
2961 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest,
2962 cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst())))
2967 case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: {
2968 for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg :
2969 *cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)) {
2970 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg))
2975 case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: {
2976 // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs.
2977 if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get()))
2981 case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: {
2982 const LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get();
2983 if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) {
2984 if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(),
2992 case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: {
2993 NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI);
2994 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get()))
2999 case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: {
3000 if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI)
3005 case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: {
3006 MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI);
3007 if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU)))
3011 case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: {
3012 const Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get();
3016 // Update the current cursor.
3017 CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest);
3018 if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor))
3020 switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
3021 case CXChildVisit_Break: return true;
3022 case CXChildVisit_Continue: break;
3023 case CXChildVisit_Recurse:
3024 if (PostChildrenVisitor)
3025 WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(nullptr, Cursor));
3026 EnqueueWorkList(WL, S);
3031 case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: {
3032 // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base.
3033 const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get();
3035 // Visit the nested-name-specifier
3036 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc())
3037 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
3040 // Visit the declaration name.
3041 if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo()))
3044 // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any.
3045 if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
3046 for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(),
3047 *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs();
3048 Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
3049 if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
3055 case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: {
3056 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get();
3057 // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present.
3058 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc())
3059 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
3061 // Visit declaration name.
3062 if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo()))
3066 case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: {
3067 const OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get();
3068 // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
3069 if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc())
3070 if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
3072 // Visit the declaration name.
3073 if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo()))
3075 // Visit the overloaded declaration reference.
3076 if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU)))
3080 case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: {
3081 const SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get();
3082 NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack();
3083 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) {
3084 if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack),
3085 E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
3091 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) {
3092 if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack),
3093 E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
3099 // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are
3100 // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors.
3104 case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: {
3106 const LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get();
3107 for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(),
3108 CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end();
3110 // FIXME: Lambda init-captures.
3111 if (!C->capturesVariable())
3114 if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(C->getCapturedVar(),
3120 // Visit parameters and return type, if present.
3121 if (E->hasExplicitParameters() || E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
3122 TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
3123 if (E->hasExplicitParameters() && E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
3124 // Visit the whole type.
3127 } else if (FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto =
3128 TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) {
3129 if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) {
3130 // Visit parameters.
3131 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I)
3132 if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getParam(I), TU)))
3135 // Visit result type.
3136 if (Visit(Proto.getReturnLoc()))
3144 case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind:
3145 if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData))
3153 bool CursorVisitor::Visit(const Stmt *S) {
3154 VisitorWorkList *WL = nullptr;
3155 if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) {
3156 WL = WorkListFreeList.back();
3158 WorkListFreeList.pop_back();
3161 WL = new VisitorWorkList();
3162 WorkListCache.push_back(WL);
3164 EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S);
3165 bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL);
3166 WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL);
3171 typedef SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces;
3172 RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr,
3173 const DeclarationNameInfo &NI, SourceRange QLoc,
3174 const SourceRange *TemplateArgsLoc = nullptr) {
3175 const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier;
3176 const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs;
3177 const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece;
3179 const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind();
3181 RefNamePieces Pieces;
3183 if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid())
3184 Pieces.push_back(QLoc);
3186 if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr)
3187 Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc());
3189 if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgsLoc && TemplateArgsLoc->isValid())
3190 Pieces.push_back(*TemplateArgsLoc);
3192 if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) {
3193 Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
3194 NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc));
3195 Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
3196 NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc));
3199 if (WantSinglePiece) {
3200 SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd());
3202 Pieces.push_back(R);
3209 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3211 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3213 static void fatal_error_handler(void *user_data, const std::string& reason,
3214 bool gen_crash_diag) {
3215 // Write the result out to stderr avoiding errs() because raw_ostreams can
3216 // call report_fatal_error.
3217 fprintf(stderr, "LIBCLANG FATAL ERROR: %s\n", reason.c_str());
3222 struct RegisterFatalErrorHandler {
3223 RegisterFatalErrorHandler() {
3224 llvm::install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler, nullptr);
3229 static llvm::ManagedStatic<RegisterFatalErrorHandler> RegisterFatalErrorHandlerOnce;
3231 CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
3232 int displayDiagnostics) {
3233 // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly
3235 if (!getenv("LIBCLANG_DISABLE_CRASH_RECOVERY"))
3236 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
3238 // Look through the managed static to trigger construction of the managed
3239 // static which registers our fatal error handler. This ensures it is only
3241 (void)*RegisterFatalErrorHandlerOnce;
3243 // Initialize targets for clang module support.
3244 llvm::InitializeAllTargets();
3245 llvm::InitializeAllTargetMCs();
3246 llvm::InitializeAllAsmPrinters();
3247 llvm::InitializeAllAsmParsers();
3249 CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer();
3251 if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH)
3252 CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls();
3253 if (displayDiagnostics)
3254 CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics();
3256 if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX"))
3257 CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
3258 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
3259 if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT"))
3260 CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
3261 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing);
3266 void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) {
3268 delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
3271 void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) {
3273 static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options);
3276 unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) {
3278 return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags();
3282 void clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex CIdx,
3285 static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setInvocationEmissionPath(Path ? Path : "");
3288 void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) {
3290 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
3292 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable();
3295 CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
3296 const char *ast_filename) {
3297 CXTranslationUnit TU;
3298 enum CXErrorCode Result =
3299 clang_createTranslationUnit2(CIdx, ast_filename, &TU);
3301 assert((TU && Result == CXError_Success) ||
3302 (!TU && Result != CXError_Success));
3306 enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
3307 const char *ast_filename,
3308 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) {
3312 if (!CIdx || !ast_filename || !out_TU)
3313 return CXError_InvalidArguments;
3316 *Log << ast_filename;
3319 CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
3320 FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
3322 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags =
3323 CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions());
3324 std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> AU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(
3325 ast_filename, CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations()->getRawReader(),
3326 ASTUnit::LoadEverything, Diags,
3327 FileSystemOpts, /*UseDebugInfo=*/false,
3328 CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(), None,
3329 /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
3330 /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
3331 /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true);
3332 *out_TU = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, std::move(AU));
3333 return *out_TU ? CXError_Success : CXError_Failure;
3336 unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() {
3337 return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble |
3338 CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
3342 clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx,
3343 const char *source_filename,
3344 int num_command_line_args,
3345 const char * const *command_line_args,
3346 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
3347 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) {
3348 unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord;
3349 return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename,
3350 command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
3351 unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files,
3356 clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
3357 const char *const *command_line_args,
3358 int num_command_line_args,
3359 ArrayRef<CXUnsavedFile> unsaved_files,
3360 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) {
3361 // Set up the initial return values.
3366 if (!CIdx || !out_TU)
3367 return CXError_InvalidArguments;
3369 CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
3371 if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
3372 setThreadBackgroundPriority();
3374 bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble;
3375 bool CreatePreambleOnFirstParse =
3376 options & CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse;
3377 // FIXME: Add a flag for modules.
3378 TranslationUnitKind TUKind
3379 = (options & (CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete |
3380 CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse))? TU_Prefix : TU_Complete;
3381 bool CacheCodeCompletionResults
3382 = options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
3383 bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion
3384 = options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion;
3385 bool SingleFileParse = options & CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse;
3386 bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization;
3387 SkipFunctionBodiesScope SkipFunctionBodies = SkipFunctionBodiesScope::None;
3388 if (options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies) {
3389 SkipFunctionBodies =
3390 (options & CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble)
3391 ? SkipFunctionBodiesScope::Preamble
3392 : SkipFunctionBodiesScope::PreambleAndMainFile;
3395 // Configure the diagnostics.
3396 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>
3397 Diags(CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions));
3399 if (options & CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing)
3400 Diags->setSuppressAfterFatalError(false);
3402 // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
3403 llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<DiagnosticsEngine,
3404 llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine> >
3405 DiagCleanup(Diags.get());
3407 std::unique_ptr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> RemappedFiles(
3408 new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
3410 // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
3411 llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
3412 std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
3414 for (auto &UF : unsaved_files) {
3415 std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> MB =
3416 llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(getContents(UF), UF.Filename);
3417 RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(UF.Filename, MB.release()));
3420 std::unique_ptr<std::vector<const char *>> Args(
3421 new std::vector<const char *>());
3423 // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
3424 llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char*> >
3425 ArgsCleanup(Args.get());
3427 // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with
3428 // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a
3429 // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when
3430 // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default.
3431 // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument.
3432 bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false;
3433 for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) {
3434 if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 ||
3435 strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) {
3436 FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true;
3440 Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args,
3441 command_line_args + num_command_line_args);
3443 if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument)
3444 Args->insert(Args->begin() + 1, "-fno-spell-checking");
3446 // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not
3447 // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified
3448 // in the actual argument list.
3449 // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is
3450 // present it will be unused.
3451 if (source_filename)
3452 Args->push_back(source_filename);
3454 // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record?
3455 if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) {
3456 Args->push_back("-Xclang");
3457 Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record");
3460 // Suppress any editor placeholder diagnostics.
3461 Args->push_back("-fallow-editor-placeholders");
3463 unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors();
3464 std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit;
3465 // Unless the user specified that they want the preamble on the first parse
3466 // set it up to be created on the first reparse. This makes the first parse
3467 // faster, trading for a slower (first) reparse.
3468 unsigned PrecompilePreambleAfterNParses =
3469 !PrecompilePreamble ? 0 : 2 - CreatePreambleOnFirstParse;
3471 LibclangInvocationReporter InvocationReporter(
3472 *CXXIdx, LibclangInvocationReporter::OperationKind::ParseOperation,
3473 options, llvm::makeArrayRef(*Args), /*InvocationArgs=*/None,
3475 std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> Unit(ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(
3476 Args->data(), Args->data() + Args->size(),
3477 CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations(), Diags,
3478 CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(), CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
3479 /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true, *RemappedFiles.get(),
3480 /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true, PrecompilePreambleAfterNParses,
3481 TUKind, CacheCodeCompletionResults, IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion,
3482 /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true, SkipFunctionBodies, SingleFileParse,
3483 /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true, ForSerialization,
3484 CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations()->getRawReader().getFormat(),
3487 // Early failures in LoadFromCommandLine may return with ErrUnit unset.
3488 if (!Unit && !ErrUnit)
3489 return CXError_ASTReadError;
3491 if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) {
3492 // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL.
3493 if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics())
3494 printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get());
3497 if (isASTReadError(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get()))
3498 return CXError_ASTReadError;
3500 *out_TU = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, std::move(Unit));
3501 if (CXTranslationUnitImpl *TU = *out_TU) {
3502 TU->ParsingOptions = options;
3503 TU->Arguments.reserve(Args->size());
3504 for (const char *Arg : *Args)
3505 TU->Arguments.push_back(Arg);
3506 return CXError_Success;
3508 return CXError_Failure;
3512 clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
3513 const char *source_filename,
3514 const char *const *command_line_args,
3515 int num_command_line_args,
3516 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
3517 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
3519 CXTranslationUnit TU;
3520 enum CXErrorCode Result = clang_parseTranslationUnit2(
3521 CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
3522 unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files, options, &TU);
3524 assert((TU && Result == CXError_Success) ||
3525 (!TU && Result != CXError_Success));
3529 enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2(
3530 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
3531 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
3532 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
3533 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) {
3534 SmallVector<const char *, 4> Args;
3535 Args.push_back("clang");
3536 Args.append(command_line_args, command_line_args + num_command_line_args);
3537 return clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
3538 CIdx, source_filename, Args.data(), Args.size(), unsaved_files,
3539 num_unsaved_files, options, out_TU);
3542 enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
3543 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
3544 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
3545 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
3546 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) {
3548 *Log << source_filename << ": ";
3549 for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i)
3550 *Log << command_line_args[i] << " ";
3553 if (num_unsaved_files && !unsaved_files)
3554 return CXError_InvalidArguments;
3556 CXErrorCode result = CXError_Failure;
3557 auto ParseTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result] {
3558 result = clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(
3559 CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
3560 llvm::makeArrayRef(unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files), options, out_TU);
3563 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
3565 if (!RunSafely(CRC, ParseTranslationUnitImpl)) {
3566 fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n");
3567 fprintf(stderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename);
3568 fprintf(stderr, " 'command_line_args' : [");
3569 for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) {
3571 fprintf(stderr, ", ");
3572 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]);
3574 fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
3575 fprintf(stderr, " 'unsaved_files' : [");
3576 for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) {
3578 fprintf(stderr, ", ");
3579 fprintf(stderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename,
3580 unsaved_files[i].Length);
3582 fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
3583 fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
3584 fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
3586 return CXError_Crashed;
3587 } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
3588 if (CXTranslationUnit *TU = out_TU)
3589 PrintLibclangResourceUsage(*TU);
3595 CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType CT) {
3596 CXTranslationUnit tu = static_cast<CXTranslationUnit>(CT.data[1]);
3597 ASTContext &Ctx = getASTUnit(tu)->getASTContext();
3598 std::string encoding;
3599 Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(CT.data[0]),
3602 return cxstring::createDup(encoding);
3605 static const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier(CXCursor C) {
3606 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
3607 if (const MacroDefinitionRecord *MDR = getCursorMacroDefinition(C))
3608 return MDR->getName();
3609 } else if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
3610 MacroExpansionCursor ME = getCursorMacroExpansion(C);
3611 return ME.getName();
3616 unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C) {
3617 const IdentifierInfo *II = getMacroIdentifier(C);
3621 ASTUnit *ASTU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
3622 Preprocessor &PP = ASTU->getPreprocessor();
3623 if (const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(II))
3624 return MI->isFunctionLike();
3628 unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C) {
3629 const IdentifierInfo *II = getMacroIdentifier(C);
3633 ASTUnit *ASTU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
3634 Preprocessor &PP = ASTU->getPreprocessor();
3635 if (const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(II))
3636 return MI->isBuiltinMacro();
3640 unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C) {
3641 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
3642 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
3646 return FD->isInlined();
3649 static StringLiteral* getCFSTR_value(CallExpr *callExpr) {
3650 if (callExpr->getNumArgs() != 1) {
3654 StringLiteral *S = nullptr;
3655 auto *arg = callExpr->getArg(0);
3656 if (arg->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass) {
3657 ImplicitCastExpr *I = static_cast<ImplicitCastExpr *>(arg);
3658 auto *subExpr = I->getSubExprAsWritten();
3660 if(subExpr->getStmtClass() != Stmt::StringLiteralClass){
3664 S = static_cast<StringLiteral *>(I->getSubExprAsWritten());
3665 } else if (arg->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass) {
3666 S = static_cast<StringLiteral *>(callExpr->getArg(0));
3673 struct ExprEvalResult {
3674 CXEvalResultKind EvalType;
3676 unsigned long long unsignedVal;
3683 if (EvalType != CXEval_UnExposed && EvalType != CXEval_Float &&
3684 EvalType != CXEval_Int) {
3685 delete EvalData.stringVal;
3690 void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E) {
3691 delete static_cast<ExprEvalResult *>(E);
3694 CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E) {
3696 return CXEval_UnExposed;
3698 return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalType;
3701 int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E) {
3702 return clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(E);
3705 long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E) {
3709 ExprEvalResult *Result = (ExprEvalResult*)E;
3710 if (Result->IsUnsignedInt)
3711 return Result->EvalData.unsignedVal;
3712 return Result->EvalData.intVal;
3715 unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E) {
3716 return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->IsUnsignedInt;
3719 unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E) {
3724 ExprEvalResult *Result = (ExprEvalResult*)E;
3725 if (Result->IsUnsignedInt)
3726 return Result->EvalData.unsignedVal;
3727 return Result->EvalData.intVal;
3730 double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E) {
3734 return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalData.floatVal;
3737 const char* clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E) {
3741 return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalData.stringVal;
3744 static const ExprEvalResult* evaluateExpr(Expr *expr, CXCursor C) {
3745 Expr::EvalResult ER;
3746 ASTContext &ctx = getCursorContext(C);
3750 expr = expr->IgnoreParens();
3751 if (!expr->EvaluateAsRValue(ER, ctx))
3756 auto result = llvm::make_unique<ExprEvalResult>();
3757 result->EvalType = CXEval_UnExposed;
3758 result->IsUnsignedInt = false;
3760 if (ER.Val.isInt()) {
3761 result->EvalType = CXEval_Int;
3763 auto& val = ER.Val.getInt();
3764 if (val.isUnsigned()) {
3765 result->IsUnsignedInt = true;
3766 result->EvalData.unsignedVal = val.getZExtValue();
3768 result->EvalData.intVal = val.getExtValue();
3771 return result.release();
3774 if (ER.Val.isFloat()) {
3775 llvm::SmallVector<char, 100> Buffer;
3776 ER.Val.getFloat().toString(Buffer);
3777 std::string floatStr(Buffer.data(), Buffer.size());
3778 result->EvalType = CXEval_Float;
3780 llvm::APFloat apFloat = ER.Val.getFloat();
3781 apFloat.convert(llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble(),
3782 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
3783 result->EvalData.floatVal = apFloat.convertToDouble();
3784 return result.release();
3787 if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass) {
3788 const ImplicitCastExpr *I = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(expr);
3789 auto *subExpr = I->getSubExprAsWritten();
3790 if (subExpr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass ||
3791 subExpr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass) {
3792 const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
3793 const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCExpr;
3794 ObjCExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(subExpr);
3797 StrE = ObjCExpr->getString();
3798 result->EvalType = CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral;
3800 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(I->getSubExprAsWritten());
3801 result->EvalType = CXEval_StrLiteral;
3804 std::string strRef(StrE->getString().str());
3805 result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strRef.size() + 1];
3806 strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strRef.c_str(),
3808 result->EvalData.stringVal[strRef.size()] = '\0';
3809 return result.release();
3811 } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass ||
3812 expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass) {
3813 const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
3814 const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCExpr;
3815 ObjCExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(expr);
3818 StrE = ObjCExpr->getString();
3819 result->EvalType = CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral;
3821 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
3822 result->EvalType = CXEval_StrLiteral;
3825 std::string strRef(StrE->getString().str());
3826 result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strRef.size() + 1];
3827 strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strRef.c_str(), strRef.size());
3828 result->EvalData.stringVal[strRef.size()] = '\0';
3829 return result.release();
3832 if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass) {
3833 CStyleCastExpr *CC = static_cast<CStyleCastExpr *>(expr);
3835 rettype = CC->getType();
3836 if (rettype.getAsString() == "CFStringRef" &&
3837 CC->getSubExpr()->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CallExprClass) {
3839 callExpr = static_cast<CallExpr *>(CC->getSubExpr());
3840 StringLiteral *S = getCFSTR_value(callExpr);
3842 std::string strLiteral(S->getString().str());
3843 result->EvalType = CXEval_CFStr;
3845 result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strLiteral.size() + 1];
3846 strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strLiteral.c_str(),
3848 result->EvalData.stringVal[strLiteral.size()] = '\0';
3849 return result.release();
3853 } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CallExprClass) {
3854 callExpr = static_cast<CallExpr *>(expr);
3855 rettype = callExpr->getCallReturnType(ctx);
3857 if (rettype->isVectorType() || callExpr->getNumArgs() > 1)
3860 if (rettype->isIntegralType(ctx) || rettype->isRealFloatingType()) {
3861 if (callExpr->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
3862 !callExpr->getArg(0)->getType()->isIntegralType(ctx))
3864 } else if (rettype.getAsString() == "CFStringRef") {
3866 StringLiteral *S = getCFSTR_value(callExpr);
3868 std::string strLiteral(S->getString().str());
3869 result->EvalType = CXEval_CFStr;
3870 result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strLiteral.size() + 1];
3871 strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strLiteral.c_str(),
3873 result->EvalData.stringVal[strLiteral.size()] = '\0';
3874 return result.release();
3877 } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::DeclRefExprClass) {
3878 DeclRefExpr *D = static_cast<DeclRefExpr *>(expr);
3879 ValueDecl *V = D->getDecl();
3880 if (V->getKind() == Decl::Function) {
3881 std::string strName = V->getNameAsString();
3882 result->EvalType = CXEval_Other;
3883 result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strName.size() + 1];
3884 strncpy(result->EvalData.stringVal, strName.c_str(), strName.size());
3885 result->EvalData.stringVal[strName.size()] = '\0';
3886 return result.release();
3893 CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C) {
3894 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
3896 const Expr *expr = nullptr;
3897 if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
3898 expr = Var->getInit();
3899 } else if (auto *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3900 expr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
3903 return const_cast<CXEvalResult>(reinterpret_cast<const void *>(
3904 evaluateExpr(const_cast<Expr *>(expr), C)));
3908 const CompoundStmt *compoundStmt = dyn_cast_or_null<CompoundStmt>(getCursorStmt(C));
3910 Expr *expr = nullptr;
3911 for (auto *bodyIterator : compoundStmt->body()) {
3912 if ((expr = dyn_cast<Expr>(bodyIterator))) {
3917 return const_cast<CXEvalResult>(
3918 reinterpret_cast<const void *>(evaluateExpr(expr, C)));
3923 unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C) {
3924 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
3929 if (D->hasAttrs()) {
3935 unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
3936 return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None;
3939 static CXSaveError clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(CXTranslationUnit TU,
3940 const char *FileName,
3942 CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx;
3943 if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
3944 setThreadBackgroundPriority();
3946 bool hadError = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->Save(FileName);
3947 return hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None;
3950 int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName,
3953 *Log << TU << ' ' << FileName;
3956 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
3958 return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
3961 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
3962 ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
3963 if (!CXXUnit->hasSema())
3964 return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
3967 auto SaveTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result]() {
3968 result = clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(TU, FileName, options);
3971 if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
3972 SaveTranslationUnitImpl();
3974 if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
3975 PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
3980 // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors.
3981 // Use a crash recovery thread for protection.
3983 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
3985 if (!RunSafely(CRC, SaveTranslationUnitImpl)) {
3986 fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n");
3987 fprintf(stderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName);
3988 fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
3989 fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
3991 return CXSaveError_Unknown;
3993 } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
3994 PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
4000 void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
4002 // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard
4004 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4005 if (Unit && Unit->isUnsafeToFree())
4008 delete cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4009 delete CTUnit->StringPool;
4010 delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics);
4011 disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool);
4012 delete CTUnit->CommentToXML;
4017 unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
4019 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4021 if (Unit && Unit->isUnsafeToFree())
4024 Unit->ResetForParse();
4031 unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
4032 return CXReparse_None;
4036 clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4037 ArrayRef<CXUnsavedFile> unsaved_files,
4040 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
4042 return CXError_InvalidArguments;
4045 // Reset the associated diagnostics.
4046 delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl*>(TU->Diagnostics);
4047 TU->Diagnostics = nullptr;
4049 CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx;
4050 if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
4051 setThreadBackgroundPriority();
4053 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
4054 ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
4056 std::unique_ptr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> RemappedFiles(
4057 new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
4059 // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
4060 llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
4061 std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
4063 for (auto &UF : unsaved_files) {
4064 std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> MB =
4065 llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(getContents(UF), UF.Filename);
4066 RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(UF.Filename, MB.release()));
4069 if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations(),
4070 *RemappedFiles.get()))
4071 return CXError_Success;
4072 if (isASTReadError(CXXUnit))
4073 return CXError_ASTReadError;
4074 return CXError_Failure;
4077 int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4078 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
4079 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
4085 if (num_unsaved_files && !unsaved_files)
4086 return CXError_InvalidArguments;
4089 auto ReparseTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result]() {
4090 result = clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(
4091 TU, llvm::makeArrayRef(unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files), options);
4094 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
4096 if (!RunSafely(CRC, ReparseTranslationUnitImpl)) {
4097 fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n");
4098 cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->setUnsafeToFree(true);
4099 return CXError_Crashed;
4100 } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
4101 PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
4107 CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
4108 if (isNotUsableTU(CTUnit)) {
4110 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4113 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4114 return cxstring::createDup(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName());
4117 CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
4118 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
4120 return clang_getNullCursor();
4123 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
4124 return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU);
4127 CXTargetInfo clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
4128 if (isNotUsableTU(CTUnit)) {
4133 CXTargetInfoImpl* impl = new CXTargetInfoImpl();
4134 impl->TranslationUnit = CTUnit;
4138 CXString clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) {
4140 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4142 CXTranslationUnit CTUnit = TargetInfo->TranslationUnit;
4143 assert(!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) &&
4144 "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo");
4146 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4147 std::string Triple =
4148 CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().normalize();
4149 return cxstring::createDup(Triple);
4152 int clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) {
4156 CXTranslationUnit CTUnit = TargetInfo->TranslationUnit;
4157 assert(!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) &&
4158 "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo");
4160 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit);
4161 return CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getMaxPointerWidth();
4164 void clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) {
4171 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4172 // CXFile Operations.
4173 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4175 CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) {
4177 return cxstring::createNull();
4179 FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
4180 return cxstring::createRef(FEnt->getName());
4183 time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) {
4187 FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
4188 return FEnt->getModificationTime();
4191 CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *file_name) {
4192 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
4197 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
4199 FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager();
4200 return const_cast<FileEntry *>(FMgr.getFile(file_name));
4203 const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file,
4205 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
4210 const SourceManager &SM = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getSourceManager();
4211 FileID fid = SM.translateFile(static_cast<FileEntry *>(file));
4212 bool Invalid = true;
4213 llvm::MemoryBuffer *buf = SM.getBuffer(fid, &Invalid);
4220 *size = buf->getBufferSize();
4221 return buf->getBufferStart();
4224 unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4226 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
4234 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
4235 FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
4236 return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo()
4237 .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt);
4240 int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID) {
4241 if (!file || !outID)
4244 FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
4245 const llvm::sys::fs::UniqueID &ID = FEnt->getUniqueID();
4246 outID->data[0] = ID.getDevice();
4247 outID->data[1] = ID.getFile();
4248 outID->data[2] = FEnt->getModificationTime();
4252 int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2) {
4256 if (!file1 || !file2)
4259 FileEntry *FEnt1 = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file1);
4260 FileEntry *FEnt2 = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file2);
4261 return FEnt1->getUniqueID() == FEnt2->getUniqueID();
4264 CXString clang_File_tryGetRealPathName(CXFile SFile) {
4266 return cxstring::createNull();
4268 FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
4269 return cxstring::createRef(FEnt->tryGetRealPathName());
4272 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4273 // CXCursor Operations.
4274 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4276 static const Decl *getDeclFromExpr(const Stmt *E) {
4277 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
4278 return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
4280 if (const DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4281 return RefExpr->getDecl();
4282 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
4283 return ME->getMemberDecl();
4284 if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
4285 return RE->getDecl();
4286 if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) {
4287 if (PRE->isExplicitProperty())
4288 return PRE->getExplicitProperty();
4289 // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in:
4291 // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious
4292 // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called.
4293 if (PRE->isMessagingSetter())
4294 return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter();
4295 return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
4297 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
4298 return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm());
4299 if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
4300 if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr())
4301 return getDeclFromExpr(Src);
4303 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
4304 return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee());
4305 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
4306 if (!CE->isElidable())
4307 return CE->getConstructor();
4308 if (const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *CE =
4309 dyn_cast<CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr>(E))
4310 return CE->getConstructor();
4311 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
4312 return OME->getMethodDecl();
4314 if (const ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E))
4315 return PE->getProtocol();
4316 if (const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP
4317 = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E))
4318 return NTTP->getParameterPack();
4319 if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
4320 if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) ||
4321 isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()))
4322 return SizeOfPack->getPack();
4327 static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(const Expr *E) {
4328 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
4329 return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
4331 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
4332 return /*FIXME:*/Msg->getLeftLoc();
4333 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4334 return DRE->getLocation();
4335 if (const MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
4336 return Member->getMemberLoc();
4337 if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
4338 return Ivar->getLocation();
4339 if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
4340 return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc();
4341 if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E))
4342 return PropRef->getLocation();
4344 return E->getLocStart();
4349 unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
4350 CXCursorVisitor visitor,
4351 CXClientData client_data) {
4352 CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data,
4353 /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false);
4354 return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent);
4357 #ifndef __has_feature
4358 #define __has_feature(x) 0
4360 #if __has_feature(blocks)
4361 typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
4362 (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
4364 static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
4365 CXClientData client_data) {
4366 CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
4367 return block(cursor, parent);
4370 // If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support,
4371 // define and call the block manually, so the
4372 typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult
4377 enum CXChildVisitResult(*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult*, CXCursor,
4379 } *CXCursorVisitorBlock;
4381 static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
4382 CXClientData client_data) {
4383 CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
4384 return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent);
4389 unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
4390 CXCursorVisitorBlock block) {
4391 return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block);
4394 static CXString getDeclSpelling(const Decl *D) {
4396 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4398 const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
4400 if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =
4401 dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
4402 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
4403 return cxstring::createDup(Property->getIdentifier()->getName());
4405 if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D))
4406 if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule())
4407 return cxstring::createDup(Mod->getFullModuleName());
4409 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4412 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
4413 return cxstring::createDup(OMD->getSelector().getAsString());
4415 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND))
4416 // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual
4417 // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and
4418 // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name.
4419 return cxstring::createRef(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
4421 if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D))
4422 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4424 SmallString<1024> S;
4425 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S);
4428 return cxstring::createDup(os.str());
4431 CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) {
4432 if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind))
4433 return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(getCursorTU(C));
4435 if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
4437 case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
4438 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first;
4439 return cxstring::createRef(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
4441 case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
4442 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
4443 return cxstring::createRef(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
4445 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
4446 const ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
4447 assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl");
4448 return cxstring::createRef(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
4450 case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
4451 const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
4452 return cxstring::createDup(B->getType().getAsString());
4454 case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
4455 const TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first;
4456 assert(Type && "Missing type decl");
4458 return cxstring::createDup(getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type).
4461 case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
4462 const TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first;
4463 assert(Template && "Missing template decl");
4465 return cxstring::createDup(Template->getNameAsString());
4468 case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
4469 const NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first;
4470 assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl");
4472 return cxstring::createDup(NS->getNameAsString());
4475 case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
4476 const FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first;
4477 assert(Field && "Missing member decl");
4479 return cxstring::createDup(Field->getNameAsString());
4482 case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
4483 const LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first;
4484 assert(Label && "Missing label");
4486 return cxstring::createRef(Label->getName());
4489 case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: {
4490 OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
4491 if (const Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()) {
4492 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
4493 return cxstring::createDup(ND->getNameAsString());
4494 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4496 if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>())
4497 return cxstring::createDup(E->getName().getAsString());
4498 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl
4499 = Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>();
4500 if (Ovl->size() == 0)
4501 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4502 return cxstring::createDup((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString());
4505 case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
4506 const VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first;
4507 assert(Var && "Missing variable decl");
4509 return cxstring::createDup(Var->getNameAsString());
4513 return cxstring::createRef("<not implemented>");
4517 if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
4518 const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C);
4520 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral ||
4521 C.kind == CXCursor_StringLiteral) {
4522 const StringLiteral *SLit;
4523 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E)) {
4524 SLit = OSL->getString();
4526 SLit = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4528 SmallString<256> Buf;
4529 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Buf);
4530 SLit->outputString(OS);
4531 return cxstring::createDup(OS.str());
4534 const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C));
4536 return getDeclSpelling(D);
4537 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4540 if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
4541 const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
4542 if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S))
4543 return cxstring::createRef(Label->getName());
4545 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4548 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
4549 return cxstring::createRef(getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getName()
4552 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition)
4553 return cxstring::createRef(getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName()
4556 if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
4557 return cxstring::createDup(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName());
4559 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
4560 return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C));
4562 if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) {
4563 const AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
4564 return cxstring::createDup(AA->getAnnotation());
4567 if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) {
4568 const AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
4569 return cxstring::createDup(AA->getLabel());
4572 if (C.kind == CXCursor_PackedAttr) {
4573 return cxstring::createRef("packed");
4576 if (C.kind == CXCursor_VisibilityAttr) {
4577 const VisibilityAttr *AA = cast<VisibilityAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
4578 switch (AA->getVisibility()) {
4579 case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Default:
4580 return cxstring::createRef("default");
4581 case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Hidden:
4582 return cxstring::createRef("hidden");
4583 case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Protected:
4584 return cxstring::createRef("protected");
4586 llvm_unreachable("unknown visibility type");
4589 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4592 CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C,
4593 unsigned pieceIndex,
4595 if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
4596 return clang_getNullRange();
4598 ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C);
4600 if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
4601 const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
4602 if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) {
4604 return clang_getNullRange();
4605 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc());
4608 return clang_getNullRange();
4611 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) {
4612 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *
4613 ME = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
4614 if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs())
4615 return clang_getNullRange();
4616 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
4620 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
4621 C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
4622 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *
4623 MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
4624 if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs())
4625 return clang_getNullRange();
4626 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
4630 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl ||
4631 C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) {
4633 return clang_getNullRange();
4634 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *
4635 CD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
4636 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc());
4637 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *
4638 CID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
4639 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc());
4642 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
4644 return clang_getNullRange();
4645 if (const ImportDecl *ImportD =
4646 dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
4647 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs();
4649 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx,
4650 SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back()));
4652 return clang_getNullRange();
4655 if (C.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod || C.kind == CXCursor_Destructor ||
4656 C.kind == CXCursor_ConversionFunction ||
4657 C.kind == CXCursor_FunctionDecl) {
4659 return clang_getNullRange();
4660 if (const FunctionDecl *FD =
4661 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
4662 DeclarationNameInfo FunctionName = FD->getNameInfo();
4663 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, FunctionName.getSourceRange());
4665 return clang_getNullRange();
4668 // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the
4669 // filename, but we don't keep track of this.
4671 // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation
4672 // but we don't keep track of this.
4674 // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label
4675 // but we don't keep track of this.
4677 // Default handling, give the location of the cursor.
4680 return clang_getNullRange();
4682 CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C);
4683 SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc);
4684 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc);
4687 CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor C) {
4688 if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
4689 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4691 // Mangling only works for functions and variables.
4692 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
4693 if (!D || !(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D)))
4694 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4696 ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext();
4697 index::CodegenNameGenerator CGNameGen(Ctx);
4698 return cxstring::createDup(CGNameGen.getName(D));
4701 CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor C) {
4702 if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
4705 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
4706 if (!(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D) || isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)))
4709 ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext();
4710 index::CodegenNameGenerator CGNameGen(Ctx);
4711 std::vector<std::string> Manglings = CGNameGen.getAllManglings(D);
4712 return cxstring::createSet(Manglings);
4715 CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor C) {
4716 if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
4719 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
4720 if (!(isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)))
4723 ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext();
4724 index::CodegenNameGenerator CGNameGen(Ctx);
4725 std::vector<std::string> Manglings = CGNameGen.getAllManglings(D);
4726 return cxstring::createSet(Manglings);
4729 CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor C) {
4730 if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
4732 return new PrintingPolicy(getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy());
4735 void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy) {
4737 delete static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy);
4741 clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4742 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property) {
4746 PrintingPolicy *P = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy);
4748 case CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation:
4749 return P->Indentation;
4750 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers:
4751 return P->SuppressSpecifiers;
4752 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword:
4753 return P->SuppressTagKeyword;
4754 case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition:
4755 return P->IncludeTagDefinition;
4756 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope:
4757 return P->SuppressScope;
4758 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope:
4759 return P->SuppressUnwrittenScope;
4760 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers:
4761 return P->SuppressInitializers;
4762 case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten:
4763 return P->ConstantArraySizeAsWritten;
4764 case CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations:
4765 return P->AnonymousTagLocations;
4766 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime:
4767 return P->SuppressStrongLifetime;
4768 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers:
4769 return P->SuppressLifetimeQualifiers;
4770 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors:
4771 return P->SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors;
4772 case CXPrintingPolicy_Bool:
4774 case CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict:
4776 case CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof:
4778 case CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof:
4779 return P->UnderscoreAlignof;
4780 case CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams:
4781 return P->UseVoidForZeroParams;
4782 case CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput:
4783 return P->TerseOutput;
4784 case CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration:
4785 return P->PolishForDeclaration;
4786 case CXPrintingPolicy_Half:
4788 case CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar:
4790 case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines:
4791 return P->IncludeNewlines;
4792 case CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting:
4793 return P->MSVCFormatting;
4794 case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten:
4795 return P->ConstantsAsWritten;
4796 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase:
4797 return P->SuppressImplicitBase;
4798 case CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName:
4799 return P->FullyQualifiedName;
4802 assert(false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty");
4806 void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4807 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
4812 PrintingPolicy *P = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy);
4814 case CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation:
4815 P->Indentation = Value;
4817 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers:
4818 P->SuppressSpecifiers = Value;
4820 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword:
4821 P->SuppressTagKeyword = Value;
4823 case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition:
4824 P->IncludeTagDefinition = Value;
4826 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope:
4827 P->SuppressScope = Value;
4829 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope:
4830 P->SuppressUnwrittenScope = Value;
4832 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers:
4833 P->SuppressInitializers = Value;
4835 case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten:
4836 P->ConstantArraySizeAsWritten = Value;
4838 case CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations:
4839 P->AnonymousTagLocations = Value;
4841 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime:
4842 P->SuppressStrongLifetime = Value;
4844 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers:
4845 P->SuppressLifetimeQualifiers = Value;
4847 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors:
4848 P->SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = Value;
4850 case CXPrintingPolicy_Bool:
4853 case CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict:
4854 P->Restrict = Value;
4856 case CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof:
4859 case CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof:
4860 P->UnderscoreAlignof = Value;
4862 case CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams:
4863 P->UseVoidForZeroParams = Value;
4865 case CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput:
4866 P->TerseOutput = Value;
4868 case CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration:
4869 P->PolishForDeclaration = Value;
4871 case CXPrintingPolicy_Half:
4874 case CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar:
4877 case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines:
4878 P->IncludeNewlines = Value;
4880 case CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting:
4881 P->MSVCFormatting = Value;
4883 case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten:
4884 P->ConstantsAsWritten = Value;
4886 case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase:
4887 P->SuppressImplicitBase = Value;
4889 case CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName:
4890 P->FullyQualifiedName = Value;
4894 assert(false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty");
4897 CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor C, CXPrintingPolicy cxPolicy) {
4898 if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
4899 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4901 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
4902 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
4904 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4906 SmallString<128> Str;
4907 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
4908 PrintingPolicy *UserPolicy = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(cxPolicy);
4909 D->print(OS, UserPolicy ? *UserPolicy
4910 : getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy());
4912 return cxstring::createDup(OS.str());
4915 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4918 CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) {
4919 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
4920 return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
4922 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
4924 return cxstring::createEmpty();
4926 PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy();
4927 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4928 D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
4930 if (const FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4931 SmallString<64> Str;
4932 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
4934 if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4937 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
4940 OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy);
4943 if (Function->isVariadic()) {
4944 if (Function->getNumParams())
4949 return cxstring::createDup(OS.str());
4952 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) {
4953 SmallString<64> Str;
4954 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
4955 OS << *ClassTemplate;
4957 TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters();
4958 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) {
4962 NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I);
4963 if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
4964 OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
4968 // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up
4969 // with something useful that isn't too long.
4970 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
4971 OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()? "typename" : "class");
4972 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
4973 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
4974 OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy);
4976 OS << "template<...> class";
4980 return cxstring::createDup(OS.str());
4983 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec
4984 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
4985 // If the type was explicitly written, use that.
4986 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten())
4987 return cxstring::createDup(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy));
4989 SmallString<128> Str;
4990 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
4992 printTemplateArgumentList(OS, ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().asArray(),
4994 return cxstring::createDup(OS.str());
4997 return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
5000 CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) {
5002 case CXCursor_FunctionDecl:
5003 return cxstring::createRef("FunctionDecl");
5004 case CXCursor_TypedefDecl:
5005 return cxstring::createRef("TypedefDecl");
5006 case CXCursor_EnumDecl:
5007 return cxstring::createRef("EnumDecl");
5008 case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl:
5009 return cxstring::createRef("EnumConstantDecl");
5010 case CXCursor_StructDecl:
5011 return cxstring::createRef("StructDecl");
5012 case CXCursor_UnionDecl:
5013 return cxstring::createRef("UnionDecl");
5014 case CXCursor_ClassDecl:
5015 return cxstring::createRef("ClassDecl");
5016 case CXCursor_FieldDecl:
5017 return cxstring::createRef("FieldDecl");
5018 case CXCursor_VarDecl:
5019 return cxstring::createRef("VarDecl");
5020 case CXCursor_ParmDecl:
5021 return cxstring::createRef("ParmDecl");
5022 case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl:
5023 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCInterfaceDecl");
5024 case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl:
5025 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCCategoryDecl");
5026 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl:
5027 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolDecl");
5028 case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl:
5029 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCPropertyDecl");
5030 case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl:
5031 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCIvarDecl");
5032 case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl:
5033 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl");
5034 case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl:
5035 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCClassMethodDecl");
5036 case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl:
5037 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCImplementationDecl");
5038 case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl:
5039 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCCategoryImplDecl");
5040 case CXCursor_CXXMethod:
5041 return cxstring::createRef("CXXMethod");
5042 case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
5043 return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedDecl");
5044 case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
5045 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSuperClassRef");
5046 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
5047 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolRef");
5048 case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
5049 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCClassRef");
5050 case CXCursor_TypeRef:
5051 return cxstring::createRef("TypeRef");
5052 case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
5053 return cxstring::createRef("TemplateRef");
5054 case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
5055 return cxstring::createRef("NamespaceRef");
5056 case CXCursor_MemberRef:
5057 return cxstring::createRef("MemberRef");
5058 case CXCursor_LabelRef:
5059 return cxstring::createRef("LabelRef");
5060 case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
5061 return cxstring::createRef("OverloadedDeclRef");
5062 case CXCursor_VariableRef:
5063 return cxstring::createRef("VariableRef");
5064 case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral:
5065 return cxstring::createRef("IntegerLiteral");
5066 case CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral:
5067 return cxstring::createRef("FixedPointLiteral");
5068 case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral:
5069 return cxstring::createRef("FloatingLiteral");
5070 case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral:
5071 return cxstring::createRef("ImaginaryLiteral");
5072 case CXCursor_StringLiteral:
5073 return cxstring::createRef("StringLiteral");
5074 case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral:
5075 return cxstring::createRef("CharacterLiteral");
5076 case CXCursor_ParenExpr:
5077 return cxstring::createRef("ParenExpr");
5078 case CXCursor_UnaryOperator:
5079 return cxstring::createRef("UnaryOperator");
5080 case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr:
5081 return cxstring::createRef("ArraySubscriptExpr");
5082 case CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr:
5083 return cxstring::createRef("OMPArraySectionExpr");
5084 case CXCursor_BinaryOperator:
5085 return cxstring::createRef("BinaryOperator");
5086 case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator:
5087 return cxstring::createRef("CompoundAssignOperator");
5088 case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator:
5089 return cxstring::createRef("ConditionalOperator");
5090 case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr:
5091 return cxstring::createRef("CStyleCastExpr");
5092 case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr:
5093 return cxstring::createRef("CompoundLiteralExpr");
5094 case CXCursor_InitListExpr:
5095 return cxstring::createRef("InitListExpr");
5096 case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr:
5097 return cxstring::createRef("AddrLabelExpr");
5098 case CXCursor_StmtExpr:
5099 return cxstring::createRef("StmtExpr");
5100 case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr:
5101 return cxstring::createRef("GenericSelectionExpr");
5102 case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr:
5103 return cxstring::createRef("GNUNullExpr");
5104 case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr:
5105 return cxstring::createRef("CXXStaticCastExpr");
5106 case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr:
5107 return cxstring::createRef("CXXDynamicCastExpr");
5108 case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr:
5109 return cxstring::createRef("CXXReinterpretCastExpr");
5110 case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr:
5111 return cxstring::createRef("CXXConstCastExpr");
5112 case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr:
5113 return cxstring::createRef("CXXFunctionalCastExpr");
5114 case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr:
5115 return cxstring::createRef("CXXTypeidExpr");
5116 case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr:
5117 return cxstring::createRef("CXXBoolLiteralExpr");
5118 case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr:
5119 return cxstring::createRef("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr");
5120 case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr:
5121 return cxstring::createRef("CXXThisExpr");
5122 case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr:
5123 return cxstring::createRef("CXXThrowExpr");
5124 case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr:
5125 return cxstring::createRef("CXXNewExpr");
5126 case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr:
5127 return cxstring::createRef("CXXDeleteExpr");
5128 case CXCursor_UnaryExpr:
5129 return cxstring::createRef("UnaryExpr");
5130 case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral:
5131 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCStringLiteral");
5132 case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr:
5133 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr");
5134 case CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr:
5135 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr");
5136 case CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr:
5137 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSelfExpr");
5138 case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr:
5139 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCEncodeExpr");
5140 case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr:
5141 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSelectorExpr");
5142 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr:
5143 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolExpr");
5144 case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr:
5145 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCBridgedCastExpr");
5146 case CXCursor_BlockExpr:
5147 return cxstring::createRef("BlockExpr");
5148 case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr:
5149 return cxstring::createRef("PackExpansionExpr");
5150 case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr:
5151 return cxstring::createRef("SizeOfPackExpr");
5152 case CXCursor_LambdaExpr:
5153 return cxstring::createRef("LambdaExpr");
5154 case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
5155 return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedExpr");
5156 case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
5157 return cxstring::createRef("DeclRefExpr");
5158 case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
5159 return cxstring::createRef("MemberRefExpr");
5160 case CXCursor_CallExpr:
5161 return cxstring::createRef("CallExpr");
5162 case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr:
5163 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCMessageExpr");
5164 case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
5165 return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedStmt");
5166 case CXCursor_DeclStmt:
5167 return cxstring::createRef("DeclStmt");
5168 case CXCursor_LabelStmt:
5169 return cxstring::createRef("LabelStmt");
5170 case CXCursor_CompoundStmt:
5171 return cxstring::createRef("CompoundStmt");
5172 case CXCursor_CaseStmt:
5173 return cxstring::createRef("CaseStmt");
5174 case CXCursor_DefaultStmt:
5175 return cxstring::createRef("DefaultStmt");
5176 case CXCursor_IfStmt:
5177 return cxstring::createRef("IfStmt");
5178 case CXCursor_SwitchStmt:
5179 return cxstring::createRef("SwitchStmt");
5180 case CXCursor_WhileStmt:
5181 return cxstring::createRef("WhileStmt");
5182 case CXCursor_DoStmt:
5183 return cxstring::createRef("DoStmt");
5184 case CXCursor_ForStmt:
5185 return cxstring::createRef("ForStmt");
5186 case CXCursor_GotoStmt:
5187 return cxstring::createRef("GotoStmt");
5188 case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt:
5189 return cxstring::createRef("IndirectGotoStmt");
5190 case CXCursor_ContinueStmt:
5191 return cxstring::createRef("ContinueStmt");
5192 case CXCursor_BreakStmt:
5193 return cxstring::createRef("BreakStmt");
5194 case CXCursor_ReturnStmt:
5195 return cxstring::createRef("ReturnStmt");
5196 case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt:
5197 return cxstring::createRef("GCCAsmStmt");
5198 case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt:
5199 return cxstring::createRef("MSAsmStmt");
5200 case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt:
5201 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtTryStmt");
5202 case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt:
5203 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtCatchStmt");
5204 case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt:
5205 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtFinallyStmt");
5206 case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt:
5207 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtThrowStmt");
5208 case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt:
5209 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt");
5210 case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt:
5211 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt");
5212 case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt:
5213 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCForCollectionStmt");
5214 case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt:
5215 return cxstring::createRef("CXXCatchStmt");
5216 case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt:
5217 return cxstring::createRef("CXXTryStmt");
5218 case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt:
5219 return cxstring::createRef("CXXForRangeStmt");
5220 case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt:
5221 return cxstring::createRef("SEHTryStmt");
5222 case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt:
5223 return cxstring::createRef("SEHExceptStmt");
5224 case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt:
5225 return cxstring::createRef("SEHFinallyStmt");
5226 case CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt:
5227 return cxstring::createRef("SEHLeaveStmt");
5228 case CXCursor_NullStmt:
5229 return cxstring::createRef("NullStmt");
5230 case CXCursor_InvalidFile:
5231 return cxstring::createRef("InvalidFile");
5232 case CXCursor_InvalidCode:
5233 return cxstring::createRef("InvalidCode");
5234 case CXCursor_NoDeclFound:
5235 return cxstring::createRef("NoDeclFound");
5236 case CXCursor_NotImplemented:
5237 return cxstring::createRef("NotImplemented");
5238 case CXCursor_TranslationUnit:
5239 return cxstring::createRef("TranslationUnit");
5240 case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
5241 return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedAttr");
5242 case CXCursor_IBActionAttr:
5243 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ibaction)");
5244 case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr:
5245 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(iboutlet)");
5246 case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr:
5247 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(iboutletcollection)");
5248 case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr:
5249 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(final)");
5250 case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr:
5251 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(override)");
5252 case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr:
5253 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(annotate)");
5254 case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr:
5255 return cxstring::createRef("asm label");
5256 case CXCursor_PackedAttr:
5257 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(packed)");
5258 case CXCursor_PureAttr:
5259 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(pure)");
5260 case CXCursor_ConstAttr:
5261 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(const)");
5262 case CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr:
5263 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(noduplicate)");
5264 case CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr:
5265 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(constant)");
5266 case CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr:
5267 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(device)");
5268 case CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr:
5269 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(global)");
5270 case CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr:
5271 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(host)");
5272 case CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr:
5273 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(shared)");
5274 case CXCursor_VisibilityAttr:
5275 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(visibility)");
5276 case CXCursor_DLLExport:
5277 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(dllexport)");
5278 case CXCursor_DLLImport:
5279 return cxstring::createRef("attribute(dllimport)");
5280 case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective:
5281 return cxstring::createRef("preprocessing directive");
5282 case CXCursor_MacroDefinition:
5283 return cxstring::createRef("macro definition");
5284 case CXCursor_MacroExpansion:
5285 return cxstring::createRef("macro expansion");
5286 case CXCursor_InclusionDirective:
5287 return cxstring::createRef("inclusion directive");
5288 case CXCursor_Namespace:
5289 return cxstring::createRef("Namespace");
5290 case CXCursor_LinkageSpec:
5291 return cxstring::createRef("LinkageSpec");
5292 case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
5293 return cxstring::createRef("C++ base class specifier");
5294 case CXCursor_Constructor:
5295 return cxstring::createRef("CXXConstructor");
5296 case CXCursor_Destructor:
5297 return cxstring::createRef("CXXDestructor");
5298 case CXCursor_ConversionFunction:
5299 return cxstring::createRef("CXXConversion");
5300 case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter:
5301 return cxstring::createRef("TemplateTypeParameter");
5302 case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter:
5303 return cxstring::createRef("NonTypeTemplateParameter");
5304 case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter:
5305 return cxstring::createRef("TemplateTemplateParameter");
5306 case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate:
5307 return cxstring::createRef("FunctionTemplate");
5308 case CXCursor_ClassTemplate:
5309 return cxstring::createRef("ClassTemplate");
5310 case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
5311 return cxstring::createRef("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization");
5312 case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias:
5313 return cxstring::createRef("NamespaceAlias");
5314 case CXCursor_UsingDirective:
5315 return cxstring::createRef("UsingDirective");
5316 case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration:
5317 return cxstring::createRef("UsingDeclaration");
5318 case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl:
5319 return cxstring::createRef("TypeAliasDecl");
5320 case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl:
5321 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSynthesizeDecl");
5322 case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl:
5323 return cxstring::createRef("ObjCDynamicDecl");
5324 case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier:
5325 return cxstring::createRef("CXXAccessSpecifier");
5326 case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl:
5327 return cxstring::createRef("ModuleImport");
5328 case CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective:
5329 return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelDirective");
5330 case CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective:
5331 return cxstring::createRef("OMPSimdDirective");
5332 case CXCursor_OMPForDirective:
5333 return cxstring::createRef("OMPForDirective");
5334 case CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective:
5335 return cxstring::createRef("OMPForSimdDirective");
5336 case CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective:
5337 return cxstring::createRef("OMPSectionsDirective");
5338 case CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective:
5339 return cxstring::createRef("OMPSectionDirective");
5340 case CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective:
5341 return cxstring::createRef("OMPSingleDirective");
5342 case CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective:
5343 return cxstring::createRef("OMPMasterDirective");
5344 case CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective:
5345 return cxstring::createRef("OMPCriticalDirective");
5346 case CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective:
5347 return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelForDirective");
5348 case CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective:
5349 return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelForSimdDirective");
5350 case CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective:
5351 return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelSectionsDirective");
5352 case CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective:
5353 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskDirective");
5354 case CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective:
5355 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskyieldDirective");
5356 case CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective:
5357 return cxstring::createRef("OMPBarrierDirective");
5358 case CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective:
5359 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskwaitDirective");
5360 case CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective:
5361 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskgroupDirective");
5362 case CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective:
5363 return cxstring::createRef("OMPFlushDirective");
5364 case CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective:
5365 return cxstring::createRef("OMPOrderedDirective");
5366 case CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective:
5367 return cxstring::createRef("OMPAtomicDirective");
5368 case CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective:
5369 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetDirective");
5370 case CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective:
5371 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetDataDirective");
5372 case CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective:
5373 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetEnterDataDirective");
5374 case CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective:
5375 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetExitDataDirective");
5376 case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective:
5377 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelDirective");
5378 case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective:
5379 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelForDirective");
5380 case CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective:
5381 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetUpdateDirective");
5382 case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective:
5383 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDirective");
5384 case CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective:
5385 return cxstring::createRef("OMPCancellationPointDirective");
5386 case CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective:
5387 return cxstring::createRef("OMPCancelDirective");
5388 case CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective:
5389 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskLoopDirective");
5390 case CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective:
5391 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective");
5392 case CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective:
5393 return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeDirective");
5394 case CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective:
5395 return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeParallelForDirective");
5396 case CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective:
5397 return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective");
5398 case CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective:
5399 return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeSimdDirective");
5400 case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective:
5401 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective");
5402 case CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective:
5403 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetSimdDirective");
5404 case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective:
5405 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeDirective");
5406 case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective:
5407 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective");
5408 case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective:
5409 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective");
5410 case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective:
5411 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective");
5412 case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective:
5413 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDirective");
5414 case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective:
5415 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective");
5416 case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective:
5417 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective");
5418 case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective:
5419 return cxstring::createRef(
5420 "OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective");
5421 case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective:
5422 return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective");
5423 case CXCursor_OverloadCandidate:
5424 return cxstring::createRef("OverloadCandidate");
5425 case CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl:
5426 return cxstring::createRef("TypeAliasTemplateDecl");
5427 case CXCursor_StaticAssert:
5428 return cxstring::createRef("StaticAssert");
5429 case CXCursor_FriendDecl:
5430 return cxstring::createRef("FriendDecl");
5433 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind");
5436 struct GetCursorData {
5437 SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc;
5438 bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion;
5439 bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl;
5440 SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc;
5441 CXCursor &BestCursor;
5443 GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM,
5444 SourceLocation tokenBegin, CXCursor &outputCursor)
5445 : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) {
5446 PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin);
5447 VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false;
5451 static enum CXChildVisitResult GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
5453 CXClientData client_data) {
5454 GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data);
5455 CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor;
5457 // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the
5458 // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion
5460 if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion)
5461 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
5463 if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
5464 // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls.
5465 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD
5466 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
5467 if (MD->isImplicit())
5468 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5470 } else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID
5471 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
5472 // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line,
5473 // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
5476 // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
5477 // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
5478 if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl ||
5479 BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef)
5480 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID
5481 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))){
5483 !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5484 !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5485 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5488 } else if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD
5489 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
5490 SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
5491 // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line,
5492 // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
5495 // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
5496 // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
5497 if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc)
5498 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5499 Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc;
5501 } else if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp
5502 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
5504 // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line,
5505 // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
5507 // @synthesize Foo, Bar;
5508 // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
5509 // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
5510 if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl)
5511 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5512 Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true;
5516 if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) &&
5517 clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) {
5518 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) {
5519 // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor
5520 // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range.
5521 // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
5522 // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
5523 // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl cursor.
5524 if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() &&
5525 D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc)
5526 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5530 // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object,
5531 // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want
5532 // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor.
5533 if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) &&
5534 isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) &&
5535 cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) {
5536 // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it
5537 // as having the actual point on the type reference.
5538 *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor);
5539 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
5542 // If we already have an Objective-C superclass reference, don't
5543 // update it further.
5544 if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef)
5545 return CXChildVisit_Break;
5547 *BestCursor = cursor;
5548 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
5551 CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) {
5552 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
5554 return clang_getNullCursor();
5557 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
5558 ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
5560 SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc);
5561 CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc);
5565 unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn;
5567 unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn;
5568 CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR;
5569 const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result)? " (Definition)" : "";
5570 CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result);
5572 clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn,
5574 clang_getFileLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine,
5575 &ResultColumn, nullptr);
5576 SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile);
5577 ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile);
5578 KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind);
5579 USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result);
5580 *Log << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d) = %s",
5581 clang_getCString(SearchFileName), SearchLine, SearchColumn,
5582 clang_getCString(KindSpelling))
5583 << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d):%s%s",
5584 clang_getCString(ResultFileName), ResultLine, ResultColumn,
5585 clang_getCString(USR), IsDef);
5586 clang_disposeString(SearchFileName);
5587 clang_disposeString(ResultFileName);
5588 clang_disposeString(KindSpelling);
5589 clang_disposeString(USR);
5591 CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result);
5592 if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) {
5593 CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition);
5594 CXString DefinitionKindSpelling
5595 = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind);
5596 CXFile DefinitionFile;
5597 unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn;
5598 clang_getFileLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile,
5599 &DefinitionLine, &DefinitionColumn, nullptr);
5600 CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile);
5601 *Log << llvm::format(" -> %s(%s:%d:%d)",
5602 clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling),
5603 clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName),
5604 DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn);
5605 clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName);
5606 clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling);
5613 CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) {
5614 return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile);
5617 unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) {
5618 // Clear out the "FirstInDeclGroup" part in a declaration cursor, since we
5619 // can't set consistently. For example, when visiting a DeclStmt we will set
5620 // it but we don't set it on the result of clang_getCursorDefinition for
5621 // a reference of the same declaration.
5622 // FIXME: Setting "FirstInDeclGroup" in CXCursors is a hack that only works
5623 // when visiting a DeclStmt currently, the AST should be enhanced to be able
5624 // to provide that kind of info.
5625 if (clang_isDeclaration(X.kind))
5626 X.data[1] = nullptr;
5627 if (clang_isDeclaration(Y.kind))
5628 Y.data[1] = nullptr;
5633 unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) {
5635 if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind))
5638 return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, const void*> >::getHashValue(
5639 std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index]));
5642 unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5643 return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid;
5646 unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5647 return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) ||
5648 (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl);
5651 unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor C) {
5652 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
5653 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C))
5654 return D->isInvalidDecl();
5660 unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5661 return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef;
5664 unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5665 return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr;
5668 unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5669 return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt;
5672 unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5673 return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr;
5676 unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5677 return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
5680 unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5681 return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing;
5684 unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) {
5686 case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
5687 case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
5688 case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
5689 case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
5696 CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) {
5700 CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) {
5701 if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
5703 case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
5704 std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
5705 = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C);
5706 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5709 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
5710 std::pair<const ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P
5711 = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C);
5712 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5715 case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
5716 std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
5717 = getCursorObjCClassRef(C);
5718 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5721 case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
5722 std::pair<const TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C);
5723 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5726 case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
5727 std::pair<const TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P =
5728 getCursorTemplateRef(C);
5729 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5732 case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
5733 std::pair<const NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C);
5734 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5737 case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
5738 std::pair<const FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C);
5739 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5742 case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
5743 std::pair<const VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C);
5744 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
5747 case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
5748 const CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
5750 return clang_getNullLocation();
5752 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo())
5753 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
5754 TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc());
5756 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
5757 BaseSpec->getLocStart());
5760 case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
5761 std::pair<const LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C);
5762 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second);
5765 case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
5766 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
5767 getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second);
5770 // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
5771 llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
5775 if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
5776 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
5777 getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)));
5779 if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
5780 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
5781 getCursorStmt(C)->getLocStart());
5783 if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) {
5784 SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin();
5785 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
5788 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
5790 = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange().getBegin();
5791 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
5794 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
5795 SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation();
5796 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
5799 if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
5801 = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
5802 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
5805 if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind)) {
5807 = cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)->getLocation();
5808 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
5811 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
5812 return clang_getNullLocation();
5814 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
5816 return clang_getNullLocation();
5818 SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation();
5819 // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
5820 // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
5821 // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
5822 // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
5823 // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
5824 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5825 if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
5826 Loc = VD->getLocation();
5829 // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name.
5830 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
5831 Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc();
5833 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc);
5838 CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) {
5841 // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one
5842 // of the following calls.
5843 if (SLoc.isInvalid())
5844 return clang_getNullCursor();
5846 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
5848 // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of
5849 // the token under the cursor.
5850 SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
5851 CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
5853 CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound);
5854 if (SLoc.isValid()) {
5855 GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result);
5856 CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData,
5857 /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
5858 /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
5859 SourceLocation(SLoc));
5860 CursorVis.visitFileRegion();
5866 static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
5867 if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
5869 case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
5870 return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second;
5872 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
5873 return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second;
5875 case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
5876 return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second;
5878 case CXCursor_TypeRef:
5879 return getCursorTypeRef(C).second;
5881 case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
5882 return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second;
5884 case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
5885 return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second;
5887 case CXCursor_MemberRef:
5888 return getCursorMemberRef(C).second;
5890 case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
5891 return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange();
5893 case CXCursor_LabelRef:
5894 return getCursorLabelRef(C).second;
5896 case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
5897 return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second;
5899 case CXCursor_VariableRef:
5900 return getCursorVariableRef(C).second;
5903 // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
5904 llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
5908 if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
5909 return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange();
5911 if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
5912 return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange();
5914 if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind))
5915 return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange();
5917 if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective)
5918 return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C);
5920 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
5921 ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
5922 SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange();
5923 return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
5926 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
5927 ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
5928 SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange();
5929 return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
5932 if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
5933 ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
5934 SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange();
5935 return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
5938 if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) {
5939 ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
5940 FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID();
5941 SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID);
5942 SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID);
5943 return SourceRange(Start, End);
5946 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
5947 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
5949 return SourceRange();
5951 SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
5952 // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
5953 // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
5954 // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
5955 // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
5956 // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
5957 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5958 if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
5959 R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
5963 return SourceRange();
5966 /// Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include
5967 /// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations.
5968 static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) {
5969 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
5970 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
5972 return SourceRange();
5974 SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
5976 // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by
5977 // declaration specifiers.
5978 SourceLocation StartLoc;
5979 if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
5980 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
5981 StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
5982 } else if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
5983 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
5984 StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
5987 if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() &&
5988 SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin()))
5989 R.setBegin(StartLoc);
5991 // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
5992 // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
5993 // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
5994 // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
5995 // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
5996 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5997 if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
5998 R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
6004 return getRawCursorExtent(C);
6007 CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
6008 SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C);
6010 return clang_getNullRange();
6012 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
6015 CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) {
6016 if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
6017 return clang_getNullCursor();
6019 CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C);
6020 if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
6021 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
6023 return clang_getNullCursor();
6024 if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
6025 return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu);
6026 if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =
6027 dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
6028 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
6029 return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu);
6034 if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
6035 const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C);
6036 const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
6038 CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu);
6039 declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C),
6044 if (const OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6045 return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu);
6047 return clang_getNullCursor();
6050 if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
6051 const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
6052 if (const GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S))
6053 if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel())
6054 if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt())
6055 return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu);
6057 return clang_getNullCursor();
6060 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
6061 if (const MacroDefinitionRecord *Def =
6062 getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getDefinition())
6063 return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu);
6066 if (!clang_isReference(C.kind))
6067 return clang_getNullCursor();
6070 case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
6071 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu);
6073 case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
6074 const ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
6075 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition())
6076 return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
6078 return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu);
6081 case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
6082 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
6083 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
6084 return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
6086 return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu);
6089 case CXCursor_TypeRef:
6090 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu );
6092 case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
6093 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu );
6095 case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
6096 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu );
6098 case CXCursor_MemberRef:
6099 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu );
6101 case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
6102 const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
6103 return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(),
6107 case CXCursor_LabelRef:
6108 // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we
6109 // don't want to make CXCursor larger.
6110 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorLabelRef(C).first,
6111 cxtu::getASTUnit(tu)->getASTContext()
6112 .getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6115 case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
6118 case CXCursor_VariableRef:
6119 return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu);
6122 // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here.
6123 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind");
6127 CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
6128 if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
6129 return clang_getNullCursor();
6131 CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C);
6133 bool WasReference = false;
6134 if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
6135 C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
6136 WasReference = true;
6139 if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
6140 return clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
6142 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
6143 return clang_getNullCursor();
6145 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
6147 return clang_getNullCursor();
6149 switch (D->getKind()) {
6150 // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of
6151 // declaration and definition.
6152 case Decl::Namespace:
6154 case Decl::TypeAlias:
6155 case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
6156 case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
6157 case Decl::EnumConstant:
6160 case Decl::MSProperty:
6161 case Decl::IndirectField:
6162 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
6163 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
6164 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
6166 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
6167 case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
6168 case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
6169 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
6170 case Decl::AccessSpec:
6171 case Decl::LinkageSpec:
6173 case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
6174 case Decl::FileScopeAsm:
6175 case Decl::StaticAssert:
6177 case Decl::Captured:
6178 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
6179 case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right??
6180 case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization:
6181 case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide:
6183 case Decl::OMPThreadPrivate:
6184 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
6185 case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
6186 case Decl::BuiltinTemplate:
6187 case Decl::PragmaComment:
6188 case Decl::PragmaDetectMismatch:
6189 case Decl::UsingPack:
6192 // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are
6193 // nonetheless harmless.
6195 case Decl::TranslationUnit:
6196 case Decl::ExternCContext:
6199 // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable.
6200 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
6201 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
6204 case Decl::UsingDirective:
6205 return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(),
6208 case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
6209 return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU);
6213 case Decl::CXXRecord:
6214 case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
6215 case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
6216 if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
6217 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6218 return clang_getNullCursor();
6220 case Decl::Function:
6221 case Decl::CXXMethod:
6222 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
6223 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
6224 case Decl::CXXConversion: {
6225 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
6226 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def))
6227 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6228 return clang_getNullCursor();
6232 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
6233 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
6234 case Decl::Decomposition: {
6235 // Ask the variable if it has a definition.
6236 if (const VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
6237 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6238 return clang_getNullCursor();
6241 case Decl::FunctionTemplate: {
6242 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
6243 if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def))
6244 return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU);
6245 return clang_getNullCursor();
6248 case Decl::ClassTemplate: {
6249 if (RecordDecl *Def = cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()
6251 return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(),
6253 return clang_getNullCursor();
6256 case Decl::VarTemplate: {
6258 cast<VarTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getDefinition())
6259 return MakeCXCursor(cast<VarDecl>(Def)->getDescribedVarTemplate(), TU);
6260 return clang_getNullCursor();
6264 return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<UsingDecl>(D),
6265 D->getLocation(), TU);
6267 case Decl::UsingShadow:
6268 case Decl::ConstructorUsingShadow:
6269 return clang_getCursorDefinition(
6270 MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(),
6273 case Decl::ObjCMethod: {
6274 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
6275 if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
6278 // Dig out the method definition in the associated
6279 // @implementation, if we have it.
6280 // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier.
6281 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
6282 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()))
6283 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation())
6284 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod(Method->getSelector(),
6285 Method->isInstanceMethod()))
6286 if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
6287 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6289 return clang_getNullCursor();
6292 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
6293 if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl
6294 = cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation())
6295 return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
6296 return clang_getNullCursor();
6298 case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
6299 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
6300 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6301 return clang_getNullCursor();
6303 case Decl::ObjCInterface: {
6304 // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C
6305 // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a
6306 // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as
6307 // the definition; when we were provided with the interface,
6308 // produce the @implementation as the definition.
6309 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
6311 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition())
6312 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6313 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
6314 return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
6315 return clang_getNullCursor();
6318 case Decl::ObjCProperty:
6319 // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the
6320 // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property.
6321 return clang_getNullCursor();
6323 case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
6324 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
6325 = cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface())
6326 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
6327 return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
6329 return clang_getNullCursor();
6332 if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
6333 return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
6334 return clang_getNullCursor();
6336 case Decl::FriendTemplate:
6337 if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
6338 return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
6339 return clang_getNullCursor();
6342 return clang_getNullCursor();
6345 unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
6346 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
6349 return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C;
6352 CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) {
6353 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
6356 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) {
6357 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D))
6358 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl())
6359 return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C));
6361 if (const ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D))
6362 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface())
6363 return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C));
6365 return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C));
6371 int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) {
6372 return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first;
6375 unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) {
6376 if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
6379 OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
6380 if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>())
6381 return E->getNumDecls();
6383 if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
6384 = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
6387 const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>();
6388 if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
6389 return Using->shadow_size();
6394 CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) {
6395 if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
6396 return clang_getNullCursor();
6398 if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor))
6399 return clang_getNullCursor();
6401 CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor);
6402 OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first;
6403 if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>())
6404 return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU);
6406 if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
6407 = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
6408 return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU);
6410 const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>();
6411 if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) {
6412 // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time.
6413 UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin();
6414 std::advance(Pos, index);
6415 return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU);
6418 return clang_getNullCursor();
6421 void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor C,
6422 const char **startBuf,
6423 const char **endBuf,
6424 unsigned *startLine,
6425 unsigned *startColumn,
6427 unsigned *endColumn) {
6428 assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl");
6429 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getCursorDecl(C));
6430 CompoundStmt *Body = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody());
6432 SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager();
6433 *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc());
6434 *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc());
6435 *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
6436 *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
6437 *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
6438 *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
6442 CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags,
6443 unsigned PieceIndex) {
6444 RefNamePieces Pieces;
6447 case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
6448 if (const MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
6449 Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(),
6450 E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
6453 case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
6454 if (const DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
6455 SourceRange TemplateArgLoc(E->getLAngleLoc(), E->getRAngleLoc());
6457 buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(),
6458 E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(), &TemplateArgLoc);
6462 case CXCursor_CallExpr:
6463 if (const CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE =
6464 dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
6465 const Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee();
6466 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee))
6467 Callee = ICE->getSubExpr();
6469 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee))
6470 Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(),
6471 DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
6479 if (Pieces.empty()) {
6480 if (PieceIndex == 0)
6481 return clang_getCursorExtent(C);
6482 } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) {
6483 SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex];
6485 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
6488 return clang_getNullRange();
6491 void clang_enableStackTraces(void) {
6492 // FIXME: Provide an argv0 here so we can find llvm-symbolizer.
6493 llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal(StringRef());
6496 void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
6497 unsigned stack_size) {
6498 llvm::llvm_execute_on_thread(fn, user_data, stack_size);
6501 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6502 // Token-based Operations.
6503 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6506 * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind
6507 * int_data[1]: starting token location
6508 * int_data[2]: token length
6509 * int_data[3]: reserved
6510 * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*.
6513 CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) {
6514 return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]);
6517 CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
6518 switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) {
6519 case CXToken_Identifier:
6520 case CXToken_Keyword:
6521 // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that.
6522 return cxstring::createRef(static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data)
6525 case CXToken_Literal: {
6526 // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it.
6527 const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data);
6528 return cxstring::createDup(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2]));
6531 case CXToken_Punctuation:
6532 case CXToken_Comment:
6536 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
6538 return cxstring::createEmpty();
6541 // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by
6542 // deconstructing the source location.
6543 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
6545 return cxstring::createEmpty();
6547 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]);
6548 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo
6549 = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
6550 bool Invalid = false;
6552 = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
6554 return cxstring::createEmpty();
6556 return cxstring::createDup(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2]));
6559 CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
6560 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
6562 return clang_getNullLocation();
6565 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
6567 return clang_getNullLocation();
6569 return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
6570 SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
6573 CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
6574 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
6576 return clang_getNullRange();
6579 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
6581 return clang_getNullRange();
6583 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
6584 SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
6587 static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range,
6588 SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) {
6589 SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
6590 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
6591 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Range.getBegin());
6592 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
6593 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Range.getEnd());
6595 // Cannot tokenize across files.
6596 if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
6600 bool Invalid = false;
6602 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
6606 Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
6607 CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
6608 Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end());
6609 Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
6611 // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range.
6612 const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second;
6614 bool previousWasAt = false;
6616 // Lex the next token
6617 Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
6618 if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
6621 // Initialize the CXToken.
6625 CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding();
6626 CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength();
6627 CXTok.int_data[3] = 0;
6629 // - Kind-specific fields
6630 if (Tok.isLiteral()) {
6631 CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal;
6632 CXTok.ptr_data = const_cast<char *>(Tok.getLiteralData());
6633 } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) {
6634 // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword.
6636 = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok);
6638 if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) {
6639 CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
6642 CXTok.int_data[0] = Tok.is(tok::identifier)
6643 ? CXToken_Identifier
6646 CXTok.ptr_data = II;
6647 } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) {
6648 CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment;
6649 CXTok.ptr_data = nullptr;
6651 CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation;
6652 CXTok.ptr_data = nullptr;
6654 CXTokens.push_back(CXTok);
6655 previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at);
6656 } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() < EffectiveBufferEnd);
6659 CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Location) {
6661 *Log << TU << ' ' << Location;
6664 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
6669 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
6673 SourceLocation Begin = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Location);
6674 if (Begin.isInvalid())
6676 SourceManager &SM = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
6677 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecomposedEnd = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Begin);
6678 DecomposedEnd.second += Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(Begin, SM, CXXUnit->getLangOpts());
6680 SourceLocation End = SM.getComposedLoc(DecomposedEnd.first, DecomposedEnd.second);
6682 SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens;
6683 getTokens(CXXUnit, SourceRange(Begin, End), CXTokens);
6685 if (CXTokens.empty())
6689 CXToken *Token = static_cast<CXToken *>(llvm::safe_malloc(sizeof(CXToken)));
6691 memmove(Token, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken));
6695 void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
6696 CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens) {
6698 *Log << TU << ' ' << Range;
6706 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
6711 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
6712 if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens)
6715 ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
6717 SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range);
6721 SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens;
6722 getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens);
6724 if (CXTokens.empty())
6727 *Tokens = static_cast<CXToken *>(
6728 llvm::safe_malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size()));
6729 memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
6730 *NumTokens = CXTokens.size();
6733 void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
6734 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens) {
6738 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6739 // Token annotation APIs.
6740 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6742 static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
6744 CXClientData client_data);
6745 static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
6746 CXClientData client_data);
6749 class AnnotateTokensWorker {
6754 unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx;
6755 CursorVisitor AnnotateVis;
6756 SourceManager &SrcMgr;
6757 bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
6759 struct PostChildrenInfo {
6761 SourceRange CursorRange;
6762 unsigned BeforeReachingCursorIdx;
6763 unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
6765 SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos;
6767 CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) {
6768 assert(Idx < NumTokens);
6771 const CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) const {
6772 assert(Idx < NumTokens);
6775 bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; }
6776 unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; }
6777 void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; }
6778 SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
6779 return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[1]);
6781 bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const {
6782 return getTok(tokI).int_data[3] != 0;
6784 SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const {
6785 return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[3]);
6788 void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange);
6789 bool annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult,
6793 AnnotateTokensWorker(CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens,
6794 CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceRange RegionOfInterest)
6795 : Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors),
6796 NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), PreprocessingTokIdx(0),
6798 AnnotateTokensVisitor, this,
6799 /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
6800 /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
6802 /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false,
6803 AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor),
6804 SrcMgr(cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getSourceManager()),
6805 HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) { }
6807 void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); }
6808 enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
6809 bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor);
6810 void AnnotateTokens();
6812 /// Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have
6813 /// context-sensitive keywords.
6814 bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const {
6815 return HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
6818 ~AnnotateTokensWorker() {
6819 assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty());
6824 void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() {
6825 // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens
6827 AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion();
6830 static inline void updateCursorAnnotation(CXCursor &Cursor,
6831 const CXCursor &updateC) {
6832 if (clang_isInvalid(updateC.kind) || !clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind))
6837 /// It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison
6838 //// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as
6839 /// \arg compResult.
6841 /// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached.
6842 /// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range.
6843 void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor updateC,
6844 RangeComparisonResult compResult,
6845 SourceRange range) {
6846 while (MoreTokens()) {
6847 const unsigned I = NextToken();
6848 if (isFunctionMacroToken(I))
6849 if (!annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range))
6852 SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
6853 if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
6854 updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC);
6862 /// Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens.
6863 /// \returns true if it advanced beyond all macro tokens, false otherwise.
6864 bool AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(
6866 RangeComparisonResult compResult,
6867 SourceRange range) {
6868 assert(MoreTokens());
6869 assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) &&
6870 "Should be called only for macro arg tokens");
6872 // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded
6873 // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not
6874 // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test.
6875 // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them
6876 // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing
6877 // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be
6878 // annotated by a subsequent annotation try.
6880 bool atLeastOneCompFail = false;
6882 unsigned I = NextToken();
6883 for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) {
6884 SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I);
6885 if (TokLoc.isFileID())
6886 continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma.
6887 if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
6888 if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
6889 Cursors[I] = updateC;
6891 atLeastOneCompFail = true;
6894 if (atLeastOneCompFail)
6897 TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them.
6901 enum CXChildVisitResult
6902 AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
6903 SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor);
6904 if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
6905 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
6907 if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) {
6908 // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords.
6909 if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
6910 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
6911 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor)))
6912 HasContextSensitiveKeywords = Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0;
6914 // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
6915 else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
6916 cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
6917 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Method
6918 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
6919 if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier())
6920 HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
6922 for (const auto *P : Method->parameters()) {
6923 if (P->getObjCDeclQualifier()) {
6924 HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
6931 // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
6932 else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) {
6933 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method
6934 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
6935 if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>())
6936 HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
6939 // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords.
6940 else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl ||
6941 cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl ||
6942 cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate ||
6943 cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) {
6944 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
6945 if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
6946 HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
6950 // Don't override a property annotation with its getter/setter method.
6951 if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl &&
6952 parent.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl)
6953 return CXChildVisit_Continue;
6955 if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) {
6956 // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in
6957 // declarations, so we keep a separate token index.
6958 unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx;
6959 TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx;
6961 // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing
6963 while (MoreTokens()) {
6964 const unsigned I = NextToken();
6965 SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
6966 switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
6977 // Look at all of the tokens within this range.
6978 while (MoreTokens()) {
6979 const unsigned I = NextToken();
6980 SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
6981 switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
6983 llvm_unreachable("Infeasible");
6987 // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro
6988 // expansion occurs.
6989 if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
6990 if (TokLoc == cursorRange.getBegin())
6991 Cursors[I] = cursor;
6995 // We may have already annotated macro names inside macro definitions.
6996 if (Cursors[I].kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
6997 Cursors[I] = cursor;
7004 // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing
7006 PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx;
7007 TokIdx = SavedTokIdx;
7008 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
7011 if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
7012 return CXChildVisit_Continue;
7014 unsigned BeforeReachingCursorIdx = NextToken();
7015 const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor);
7016 const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent);
7017 const CXCursor updateC =
7018 (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit ||
7019 // Attributes are annotated out-of-order, skip tokens until we reach it.
7020 clang_isAttribute(cursor.kind))
7021 ? clang_getNullCursor() : parent;
7023 annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange);
7025 // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the
7026 // variable declaration that it belongs to.
7027 // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
7028 // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
7029 // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor.
7030 if (clang_isExpression(cursorK) && MoreTokens()) {
7031 const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor);
7032 if (const Decl *D = getCursorParentDecl(cursor)) {
7033 const unsigned I = NextToken();
7034 if (E->getLocStart().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() &&
7035 E->getLocStart() == D->getLocation() &&
7036 E->getLocStart() == GetTokenLoc(I)) {
7037 updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC);
7043 // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going
7044 // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some
7045 // extra work after the child nodes are visited.
7046 // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements
7047 // code-recursively which can blow the stack.
7049 PostChildrenInfo Info;
7050 Info.Cursor = cursor;
7051 Info.CursorRange = cursorRange;
7052 Info.BeforeReachingCursorIdx = BeforeReachingCursorIdx;
7053 Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken();
7054 PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info);
7056 return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
7059 bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) {
7060 if (PostChildrenInfos.empty())
7062 const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back();
7063 if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor))
7066 const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
7067 const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken();
7068 SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange;
7070 // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured
7071 // but the child cursors.
7072 annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange);
7074 // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not
7075 // capture by the child cursors.
7076 for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) {
7077 if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
7080 Cursors[I] = cursor;
7083 // Attributes are annotated out-of-order, rewind TokIdx to when we first
7084 // encountered the attribute cursor.
7085 if (clang_isAttribute(cursor.kind))
7086 TokIdx = Info.BeforeReachingCursorIdx;
7088 PostChildrenInfos.pop_back();
7092 static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
7094 CXClientData client_data) {
7095 return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->Visit(cursor, parent);
7098 static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
7099 CXClientData client_data) {
7100 return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->
7101 postVisitChildren(cursor);
7106 /// Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find
7107 /// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the
7108 /// AnnotateTokensWorker.
7109 class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor {
7116 MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM,
7117 CXToken *tokens, unsigned numTokens)
7118 : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) { }
7120 CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
7121 if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
7122 return CXChildVisit_Continue;
7124 SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor).getSourceRange();
7125 if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd())
7126 return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro.
7128 for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
7129 if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx),
7130 macroRange.getBegin()))
7134 if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
7135 return CXChildVisit_Break;
7137 for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
7138 SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx);
7139 if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd()))
7142 setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc));
7145 if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
7146 return CXChildVisit_Break;
7148 return CXChildVisit_Continue;
7152 CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) {
7153 assert(Idx < NumTokens);
7156 const CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) const {
7157 assert(Idx < NumTokens);
7161 SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
7162 return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[1]);
7165 void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) {
7166 // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here
7167 // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations.
7168 getTok(tokI).int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding();
7172 } // end anonymous namespace
7174 static CXChildVisitResult
7175 MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
7176 CXClientData client_data) {
7177 return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor*>(client_data)->visit(cursor,
7181 /// Used by \c annotatePreprocessorTokens.
7182 /// \returns true if lexing was finished, false otherwise.
7183 static bool lexNext(Lexer &Lex, Token &Tok,
7184 unsigned &NextIdx, unsigned NumTokens) {
7185 if (NextIdx >= NumTokens)
7189 Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
7190 return Tok.is(tok::eof);
7193 static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
7194 SourceRange RegionOfInterest,
7197 unsigned NumTokens) {
7198 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
7200 Preprocessor &PP = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor();
7201 SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
7202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
7203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin());
7204 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
7205 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd());
7207 if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
7211 bool Invalid = false;
7212 Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
7213 if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid)
7216 Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
7217 CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
7218 Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second,
7220 Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
7222 unsigned NextIdx = 0;
7223 // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid
7224 // entering #includes or expanding macros.
7227 if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens))
7229 unsigned TokIdx = NextIdx-1;
7230 assert(Tok.getLocation() ==
7231 SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1]));
7234 if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) {
7235 // We have found a preprocessing directive. Annotate the tokens
7238 // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and
7239 // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those.
7241 SourceLocation BeginLoc = Tok.getLocation();
7242 if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens))
7245 MacroInfo *MI = nullptr;
7246 if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier) && Tok.getRawIdentifier() == "define") {
7247 if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens))
7250 if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) {
7251 IdentifierInfo &II =
7252 PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Tok.getRawIdentifier());
7253 SourceLocation MappedTokLoc =
7254 CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(Tok.getLocation());
7255 MI = getMacroInfo(II, MappedTokLoc, TU);
7259 bool finished = false;
7261 if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) {
7265 // If we are in a macro definition, check if the token was ever a
7266 // macro name and annotate it if that's the case.
7268 SourceLocation SaveLoc = Tok.getLocation();
7269 Tok.setLocation(CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(SaveLoc));
7270 MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef =
7271 checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Tok, TU);
7272 Tok.setLocation(SaveLoc);
7274 Cursors[NextIdx - 1] =
7275 MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, Tok.getLocation(), TU);
7277 } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine());
7279 unsigned LastIdx = finished ? NextIdx-1 : NextIdx-2;
7280 assert(TokIdx <= LastIdx);
7281 SourceLocation EndLoc =
7282 SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[LastIdx].int_data[1]);
7284 MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(BeginLoc, EndLoc), TU);
7286 for (; TokIdx <= LastIdx; ++TokIdx)
7287 updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[TokIdx], Cursor);
7296 // This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout.
7297 static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(CXTranslationUnit TU, ASTUnit *CXXUnit,
7298 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
7299 CXCursor *Cursors) {
7300 CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx;
7301 if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
7302 setThreadBackgroundPriority();
7304 // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens.
7305 SourceRange RegionOfInterest;
7306 RegionOfInterest.setBegin(
7307 cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0])));
7308 RegionOfInterest.setEnd(
7309 cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU,
7310 Tokens[NumTokens-1])));
7312 // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing
7314 annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Cursors, Tokens, NumTokens);
7316 // If begin location points inside a macro argument, set it to the expansion
7317 // location so we can have the full context when annotating semantically.
7319 SourceManager &SM = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
7320 SourceLocation Loc =
7321 SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(RegionOfInterest.getBegin());
7322 if (Loc.isMacroID())
7323 RegionOfInterest.setBegin(SM.getExpansionLoc(Loc));
7326 if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) {
7327 // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions.
7328 MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
7330 CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker(TU,
7331 MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor,
7332 /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
7333 /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
7335 MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
7338 // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to
7339 // a specific cursor.
7340 AnnotateTokensWorker W(Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens, TU, RegionOfInterest);
7342 // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion
7343 // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version,
7344 // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion
7345 // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling
7346 // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call.
7349 // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords,
7350 // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such.
7351 if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) {
7352 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) {
7353 if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier)
7356 if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
7357 IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
7358 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
7359 = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) {
7360 if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 &&
7361 llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
7362 .Case("readonly", true)
7363 .Case("assign", true)
7364 .Case("unsafe_unretained", true)
7365 .Case("readwrite", true)
7366 .Case("retain", true)
7368 .Case("nonatomic", true)
7369 .Case("atomic", true)
7370 .Case("getter", true)
7371 .Case("setter", true)
7372 .Case("strong", true)
7374 .Case("class", true)
7376 Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
7381 if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
7382 Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
7383 IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
7384 if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
7387 .Case("inout", true)
7388 .Case("oneway", true)
7389 .Case("bycopy", true)
7390 .Case("byref", true)
7392 Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
7396 if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr ||
7397 Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) {
7398 Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
7405 void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
7406 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
7407 CXCursor *Cursors) {
7408 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
7412 if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors) {
7413 LOG_FUNC_SECTION { *Log << "<null input>"; }
7419 CXSourceLocation bloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0]);
7420 CXSourceLocation eloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[NumTokens-1]);
7421 *Log << clang_getRange(bloc, eloc);
7424 // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor.
7425 CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor();
7426 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I)
7429 ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
7433 ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
7435 auto AnnotateTokensImpl = [=]() {
7436 clang_annotateTokensImpl(TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors);
7438 llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
7439 if (!RunSafely(CRC, AnnotateTokensImpl, GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) {
7440 fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n");
7444 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7445 // Operations for querying linkage of a cursor.
7446 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7448 CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) {
7449 if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
7450 return CXLinkage_Invalid;
7452 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
7453 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
7454 switch (ND->getLinkageInternal()) {
7456 case VisibleNoLinkage: return CXLinkage_NoLinkage;
7457 case ModuleInternalLinkage:
7458 case InternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_Internal;
7459 case UniqueExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal;
7461 case ExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_External;
7464 return CXLinkage_Invalid;
7467 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7468 // Operations for querying visibility of a cursor.
7469 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7471 CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor) {
7472 if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
7473 return CXVisibility_Invalid;
7475 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
7476 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
7477 switch (ND->getVisibility()) {
7478 case HiddenVisibility: return CXVisibility_Hidden;
7479 case ProtectedVisibility: return CXVisibility_Protected;
7480 case DefaultVisibility: return CXVisibility_Default;
7483 return CXVisibility_Invalid;
7486 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7487 // Operations for querying language of a cursor.
7488 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7490 static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) {
7492 return CXLanguage_C;
7494 switch (D->getKind()) {
7497 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
7498 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
7499 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
7500 case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
7501 case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
7502 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
7503 case Decl::ObjCInterface:
7504 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
7505 case Decl::ObjCMethod:
7506 case Decl::ObjCProperty:
7507 case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
7508 case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
7509 case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
7510 return CXLanguage_ObjC;
7511 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
7512 case Decl::CXXConversion:
7513 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
7514 case Decl::CXXMethod:
7515 case Decl::CXXRecord:
7516 case Decl::ClassTemplate:
7517 case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
7518 case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
7520 case Decl::FriendTemplate:
7521 case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
7522 case Decl::LinkageSpec:
7523 case Decl::Namespace:
7524 case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
7525 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
7526 case Decl::StaticAssert:
7527 case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
7528 case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
7529 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
7530 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
7532 case Decl::UsingDirective:
7533 case Decl::UsingShadow:
7534 return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus;
7537 return CXLanguage_C;
7540 static CXAvailabilityKind getCursorAvailabilityForDecl(const Decl *D) {
7541 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted())
7542 return CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
7544 switch (D->getAvailability()) {
7546 case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
7547 if (const EnumConstantDecl *EnumConst = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
7548 return getCursorAvailabilityForDecl(
7549 cast<Decl>(EnumConst->getDeclContext()));
7550 return CXAvailability_Available;
7553 return CXAvailability_Deprecated;
7555 case AR_Unavailable:
7556 return CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
7559 llvm_unreachable("Unknown availability kind!");
7562 enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) {
7563 if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
7564 if (const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor))
7565 return getCursorAvailabilityForDecl(D);
7567 return CXAvailability_Available;
7570 static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) {
7571 CXVersion Out = { -1, -1, -1 };
7575 Out.Major = In.getMajor();
7577 Optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor();
7578 if (Minor.hasValue())
7583 Optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor();
7584 if (Subminor.hasValue())
7585 Out.Subminor = *Subminor;
7590 static void getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl(
7591 const Decl *D, int *always_deprecated, CXString *deprecated_message,
7592 int *always_unavailable, CXString *unavailable_message,
7593 SmallVectorImpl<AvailabilityAttr *> &AvailabilityAttrs) {
7594 bool HadAvailAttr = false;
7595 for (auto A : D->attrs()) {
7596 if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(A)) {
7597 HadAvailAttr = true;
7598 if (always_deprecated)
7599 *always_deprecated = 1;
7600 if (deprecated_message) {
7601 clang_disposeString(*deprecated_message);
7602 *deprecated_message = cxstring::createDup(Deprecated->getMessage());
7607 if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(A)) {
7608 HadAvailAttr = true;
7609 if (always_unavailable)
7610 *always_unavailable = 1;
7611 if (unavailable_message) {
7612 clang_disposeString(*unavailable_message);
7613 *unavailable_message = cxstring::createDup(Unavailable->getMessage());
7618 if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A)) {
7619 AvailabilityAttrs.push_back(Avail);
7620 HadAvailAttr = true;
7625 if (const EnumConstantDecl *EnumConst = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
7626 return getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl(
7627 cast<Decl>(EnumConst->getDeclContext()), always_deprecated,
7628 deprecated_message, always_unavailable, unavailable_message,
7631 if (AvailabilityAttrs.empty())
7634 llvm::sort(AvailabilityAttrs.begin(), AvailabilityAttrs.end(),
7635 [](AvailabilityAttr *LHS, AvailabilityAttr *RHS) {
7636 return LHS->getPlatform()->getName() <
7637 RHS->getPlatform()->getName();
7639 ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext();
7640 auto It = std::unique(
7641 AvailabilityAttrs.begin(), AvailabilityAttrs.end(),
7642 [&Ctx](AvailabilityAttr *LHS, AvailabilityAttr *RHS) {
7643 if (LHS->getPlatform() != RHS->getPlatform())
7646 if (LHS->getIntroduced() == RHS->getIntroduced() &&
7647 LHS->getDeprecated() == RHS->getDeprecated() &&
7648 LHS->getObsoleted() == RHS->getObsoleted() &&
7649 LHS->getMessage() == RHS->getMessage() &&
7650 LHS->getReplacement() == RHS->getReplacement())
7653 if ((!LHS->getIntroduced().empty() && !RHS->getIntroduced().empty()) ||
7654 (!LHS->getDeprecated().empty() && !RHS->getDeprecated().empty()) ||
7655 (!LHS->getObsoleted().empty() && !RHS->getObsoleted().empty()))
7658 if (LHS->getIntroduced().empty() && !RHS->getIntroduced().empty())
7659 LHS->setIntroduced(Ctx, RHS->getIntroduced());
7661 if (LHS->getDeprecated().empty() && !RHS->getDeprecated().empty()) {
7662 LHS->setDeprecated(Ctx, RHS->getDeprecated());
7663 if (LHS->getMessage().empty())
7664 LHS->setMessage(Ctx, RHS->getMessage());
7665 if (LHS->getReplacement().empty())
7666 LHS->setReplacement(Ctx, RHS->getReplacement());
7669 if (LHS->getObsoleted().empty() && !RHS->getObsoleted().empty()) {
7670 LHS->setObsoleted(Ctx, RHS->getObsoleted());
7671 if (LHS->getMessage().empty())
7672 LHS->setMessage(Ctx, RHS->getMessage());
7673 if (LHS->getReplacement().empty())
7674 LHS->setReplacement(Ctx, RHS->getReplacement());
7679 AvailabilityAttrs.erase(It, AvailabilityAttrs.end());
7682 int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor, int *always_deprecated,
7683 CXString *deprecated_message,
7684 int *always_unavailable,
7685 CXString *unavailable_message,
7686 CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
7687 int availability_size) {
7688 if (always_deprecated)
7689 *always_deprecated = 0;
7690 if (deprecated_message)
7691 *deprecated_message = cxstring::createEmpty();
7692 if (always_unavailable)
7693 *always_unavailable = 0;
7694 if (unavailable_message)
7695 *unavailable_message = cxstring::createEmpty();
7697 if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
7700 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
7704 SmallVector<AvailabilityAttr *, 8> AvailabilityAttrs;
7705 getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl(D, always_deprecated, deprecated_message,
7706 always_unavailable, unavailable_message,
7708 for (const auto &Avail :
7709 llvm::enumerate(llvm::makeArrayRef(AvailabilityAttrs)
7710 .take_front(availability_size))) {
7711 availability[Avail.index()].Platform =
7712 cxstring::createDup(Avail.value()->getPlatform()->getName());
7713 availability[Avail.index()].Introduced =
7714 convertVersion(Avail.value()->getIntroduced());
7715 availability[Avail.index()].Deprecated =
7716 convertVersion(Avail.value()->getDeprecated());
7717 availability[Avail.index()].Obsoleted =
7718 convertVersion(Avail.value()->getObsoleted());
7719 availability[Avail.index()].Unavailable = Avail.value()->getUnavailable();
7720 availability[Avail.index()].Message =
7721 cxstring::createDup(Avail.value()->getMessage());
7724 return AvailabilityAttrs.size();
7727 void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) {
7728 clang_disposeString(availability->Platform);
7729 clang_disposeString(availability->Message);
7732 CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) {
7733 if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
7734 return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor));
7736 return CXLanguage_Invalid;
7739 CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor) {
7740 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
7741 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7742 switch (VD->getTLSKind()) {
7743 case VarDecl::TLS_None:
7745 case VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic:
7746 return CXTLS_Dynamic;
7747 case VarDecl::TLS_Static:
7748 return CXTLS_Static;
7755 /// If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration
7756 /// describing a class or function template, return the class or
7757 /// function template.
7758 static const Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(const Decl *D) {
7762 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
7763 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7766 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
7767 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
7774 enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor C) {
7775 StorageClass sc = SC_None;
7776 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7778 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7779 sc = FD->getStorageClass();
7780 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7781 sc = VD->getStorageClass();
7783 return CX_SC_Invalid;
7786 return CX_SC_Invalid;
7792 return CX_SC_Extern;
7794 return CX_SC_Static;
7795 case SC_PrivateExtern:
7796 return CX_SC_PrivateExtern;
7800 return CX_SC_Register;
7802 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled storage class!");
7805 CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) {
7806 if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
7807 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
7808 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
7810 return clang_getNullCursor();
7812 return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
7813 getCursorTU(cursor));
7817 if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) {
7818 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
7819 return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor));
7822 return clang_getNullCursor();
7825 CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) {
7826 if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
7827 if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
7828 const DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
7830 return clang_getNullCursor();
7832 return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
7833 getCursorTU(cursor));
7837 // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a
7838 // statement or expression, so we return nothing.
7839 return clang_getNullCursor();
7842 CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) {
7843 if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
7846 const InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor);
7847 return const_cast<FileEntry *>(ID->getFile());
7850 unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C, unsigned reserved) {
7851 if (C.kind != CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl)
7852 return CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr;
7854 unsigned Result = CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr;
7855 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(C));
7856 ObjCPropertyDecl::PropertyAttributeKind Attr =
7857 PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
7859 #define SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(A) \
7860 if (Attr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_##A) \
7861 Result |= CXObjCPropertyAttr_##A
7862 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(readonly);
7863 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(getter);
7864 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(assign);
7865 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(readwrite);
7866 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(retain);
7867 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(copy);
7868 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(nonatomic);
7869 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(setter);
7870 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(atomic);
7871 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(weak);
7872 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(strong);
7873 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(unsafe_unretained);
7874 SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(class);
7875 #undef SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR
7880 unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C) {
7881 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7882 return CXObjCDeclQualifier_None;
7884 Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None;
7885 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7886 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
7887 QT = MD->getObjCDeclQualifier();
7888 else if (const ParmVarDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D))
7889 QT = PD->getObjCDeclQualifier();
7890 if (QT == Decl::OBJC_TQ_None)
7891 return CXObjCDeclQualifier_None;
7893 unsigned Result = CXObjCDeclQualifier_None;
7894 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_In;
7895 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout;
7896 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out;
7897 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy;
7898 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref;
7899 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway;
7904 unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C) {
7905 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7908 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7909 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))
7910 return PD->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyDecl::Optional;
7911 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
7912 return MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional;
7917 unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C) {
7918 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7921 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7922 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
7923 return FD->isVariadic();
7924 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
7925 return MD->isVariadic();
7930 unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C,
7931 CXString *language, CXString *definedIn,
7932 unsigned *isGenerated) {
7933 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7936 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7938 if (auto *attr = D->getExternalSourceSymbolAttr()) {
7940 *language = cxstring::createDup(attr->getLanguage());
7942 *definedIn = cxstring::createDup(attr->getDefinedIn());
7944 *isGenerated = attr->getGeneratedDeclaration();
7950 CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) {
7951 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7952 return clang_getNullRange();
7954 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7955 ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
7956 const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
7958 return clang_getNullRange();
7960 return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange());
7963 CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) {
7964 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7965 return cxstring::createNull();
7967 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7968 ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
7969 const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
7970 StringRef RawText = RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) :
7973 // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source
7975 return cxstring::createRef(RawText);
7978 CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) {
7979 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
7980 return cxstring::createNull();
7982 const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
7983 const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
7984 const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
7987 StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context);
7989 // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory
7990 // will not go away.
7991 return cxstring::createRef(BriefText);
7994 return cxstring::createNull();
7997 CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) {
7998 if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
7999 if (const ImportDecl *ImportD =
8000 dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
8001 return ImportD->getImportedModule();
8007 CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile File) {
8008 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8014 FileEntry *FE = static_cast<FileEntry *>(File);
8016 ASTUnit &Unit = *cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8017 HeaderSearch &HS = Unit.getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo();
8018 ModuleMap::KnownHeader Header = HS.findModuleForHeader(FE);
8020 return Header.getModule();
8023 CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule CXMod) {
8026 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8027 return const_cast<FileEntry *>(Mod->getASTFile());
8030 CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) {
8033 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8037 CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) {
8039 return cxstring::createEmpty();
8040 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8041 return cxstring::createDup(Mod->Name);
8044 CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) {
8046 return cxstring::createEmpty();
8047 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8048 return cxstring::createDup(Mod->getFullModuleName());
8051 int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule CXMod) {
8054 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8055 return Mod->IsSystem;
8058 unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit TU,
8060 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8066 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8067 FileManager &FileMgr = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getFileManager();
8068 ArrayRef<const FileEntry *> TopHeaders = Mod->getTopHeaders(FileMgr);
8069 return TopHeaders.size();
8072 CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit TU,
8073 CXModule CXMod, unsigned Index) {
8074 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8080 Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
8081 FileManager &FileMgr = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getFileManager();
8083 ArrayRef<const FileEntry *> TopHeaders = Mod->getTopHeaders(FileMgr);
8084 if (Index < TopHeaders.size())
8085 return const_cast<FileEntry *>(TopHeaders[Index]);
8090 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8091 // C++ AST instrospection.
8092 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8094 unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C) {
8095 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8098 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8099 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
8100 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8101 return (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) ? 1 : 0;
8104 unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C) {
8105 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8108 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8109 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
8110 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8111 return (Constructor && Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) ? 1 : 0;
8114 unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C) {
8115 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8118 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8119 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
8120 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8121 return (Constructor && Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) ? 1 : 0;
8124 unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C) {
8125 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8128 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8129 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
8130 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8131 // Passing 'false' excludes constructors marked 'explicit'.
8132 return (Constructor && Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(false)) ? 1 : 0;
8135 unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C) {
8136 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8139 if (const auto D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C))
8140 if (const auto FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D))
8141 return FD->isMutable() ? 1 : 0;
8145 unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C) {
8146 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8149 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8150 const CXXMethodDecl *Method =
8151 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8152 return (Method && Method->isVirtual() && Method->isPure()) ? 1 : 0;
8155 unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C) {
8156 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8159 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8160 const CXXMethodDecl *Method =
8161 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8162 return (Method && (Method->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const)) ? 1 : 0;
8165 unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C) {
8166 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8169 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8170 const CXXMethodDecl *Method =
8171 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8172 return (Method && Method->isDefaulted()) ? 1 : 0;
8175 unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) {
8176 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8179 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8180 const CXXMethodDecl *Method =
8181 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8182 return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0;
8185 unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) {
8186 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8189 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8190 const CXXMethodDecl *Method =
8191 D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr;
8192 return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0;
8195 unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C) {
8196 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8199 const auto *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8200 const auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
8202 RD = RD->getDefinition();
8203 return (RD && RD->isAbstract()) ? 1 : 0;
8206 unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C) {
8207 if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
8210 const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
8211 auto *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(D);
8212 return (Enum && Enum->isScoped()) ? 1 : 0;
8215 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8216 // Attribute introspection.
8217 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8219 CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) {
8220 if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr)
8221 return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
8223 const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
8224 cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
8226 return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
8229 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8230 // Inspecting memory usage.
8231 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8233 typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries;
8235 static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries,
8236 enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k,
8237 unsigned long amount) {
8238 CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = { k, amount };
8239 entries.push_back(entry);
8242 const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) {
8243 const char *str = "";
8245 case CXTUResourceUsage_AST:
8246 str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types";
8248 case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers:
8249 str = "ASTContext: identifiers";
8251 case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors:
8252 str = "ASTContext: selectors";
8254 case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults:
8255 str = "Code completion: cached global results";
8257 case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache:
8258 str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator";
8260 case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables:
8261 str = "ASTContext: side tables";
8263 case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc:
8264 str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers";
8266 case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap:
8267 str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers";
8269 case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc:
8270 str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers";
8272 case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap:
8273 str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers";
8275 case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor:
8276 str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory";
8278 case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord:
8279 str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord";
8281 case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures:
8282 str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables";
8284 case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch:
8285 str = "Preprocessor: header search tables";
8291 CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8292 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8294 CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) nullptr, 0, nullptr };
8298 ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8299 std::unique_ptr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries());
8300 ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext();
8302 // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types?
8303 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
8304 (unsigned long) astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory());
8306 // How much memory is used by identifiers?
8307 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers,
8308 (unsigned long) astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory());
8310 // How much memory is used for selectors?
8311 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors,
8312 (unsigned long) astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory());
8314 // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables?
8315 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables,
8316 (unsigned long) astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory());
8318 // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results?
8319 unsigned long completionBytes = 0;
8320 if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator =
8321 astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().get()) {
8322 completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory();
8324 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8325 CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults,
8328 // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache?
8329 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8330 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache,
8331 (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize());
8333 // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager?
8334 const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs =
8335 astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes();
8337 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8338 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc,
8339 (unsigned long) srcBufs.malloc_bytes);
8340 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8341 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap,
8342 (unsigned long) srcBufs.mmap_bytes);
8343 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8344 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures,
8345 (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager()
8346 .getDataStructureSizes());
8348 // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource?
8349 if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) {
8350 const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes =
8351 esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes();
8353 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8354 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc,
8355 (unsigned long) sizes.malloc_bytes);
8356 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8357 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap,
8358 (unsigned long) sizes.mmap_bytes);
8361 // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor?
8362 Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor();
8363 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8364 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor,
8365 pp.getTotalMemory());
8367 if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) {
8368 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8369 CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord,
8370 pRec->getTotalMemory());
8373 createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
8374 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
8375 pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory());
8377 CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) entries.get(),
8378 (unsigned) entries->size(),
8379 !entries->empty() ? &(*entries)[0] : nullptr };
8380 (void)entries.release();
8384 void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) {
8386 delete (MemUsageEntries*) usage.data;
8389 CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file) {
8390 CXSourceRangeList *skipped = new CXSourceRangeList;
8392 skipped->ranges = nullptr;
8394 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8402 ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8403 PreprocessingRecord *ppRec = astUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
8407 ASTContext &Ctx = astUnit->getASTContext();
8408 SourceManager &sm = Ctx.getSourceManager();
8409 FileEntry *fileEntry = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
8410 FileID wantedFileID = sm.translateFile(fileEntry);
8411 bool isMainFile = wantedFileID == sm.getMainFileID();
8413 const std::vector<SourceRange> &SkippedRanges = ppRec->getSkippedRanges();
8414 std::vector<SourceRange> wantedRanges;
8415 for (std::vector<SourceRange>::const_iterator i = SkippedRanges.begin(), ei = SkippedRanges.end();
8417 if (sm.getFileID(i->getBegin()) == wantedFileID || sm.getFileID(i->getEnd()) == wantedFileID)
8418 wantedRanges.push_back(*i);
8419 else if (isMainFile && (astUnit->isInPreambleFileID(i->getBegin()) || astUnit->isInPreambleFileID(i->getEnd())))
8420 wantedRanges.push_back(*i);
8423 skipped->count = wantedRanges.size();
8424 skipped->ranges = new CXSourceRange[skipped->count];
8425 for (unsigned i = 0, ei = skipped->count; i != ei; ++i)
8426 skipped->ranges[i] = cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, wantedRanges[i]);
8431 CXSourceRangeList *clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8432 CXSourceRangeList *skipped = new CXSourceRangeList;
8434 skipped->ranges = nullptr;
8436 if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) {
8441 ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8442 PreprocessingRecord *ppRec = astUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
8446 ASTContext &Ctx = astUnit->getASTContext();
8448 const std::vector<SourceRange> &SkippedRanges = ppRec->getSkippedRanges();
8450 skipped->count = SkippedRanges.size();
8451 skipped->ranges = new CXSourceRange[skipped->count];
8452 for (unsigned i = 0, ei = skipped->count; i != ei; ++i)
8453 skipped->ranges[i] = cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, SkippedRanges[i]);
8458 void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges) {
8460 delete[] ranges->ranges;
8465 void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8466 CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU);
8467 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I)
8468 fprintf(stderr, " %s: %lu\n",
8469 clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind),
8470 Usage.entries[I].amount);
8472 clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage);
8475 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8476 // Misc. utility functions.
8477 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8479 /// Default to using our desired 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads.
8480 static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = DesiredStackSize;
8484 bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC, llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn,
8487 Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize();
8488 if (Size && !getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS"))
8489 return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, Size);
8490 return CRC.RunSafely(Fn);
8493 unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() {
8494 return SafetyStackThreadSize;
8497 void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) {
8498 SafetyStackThreadSize = Value;
8503 void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() {
8504 if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE"))
8507 #ifdef USE_DARWIN_THREADS
8508 setpriority(PRIO_DARWIN_THREAD, 0, PRIO_DARWIN_BG);
8512 void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) {
8516 for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(),
8517 DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end();
8519 CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getLangOpts());
8520 CXString Msg = clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag,
8521 clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions());
8522 fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg));
8523 clang_disposeString(Msg);
8526 // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of
8527 // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers
8528 // but writing to the same device.
8533 MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const IdentifierInfo &II,
8534 SourceLocation MacroDefLoc,
8535 CXTranslationUnit TU){
8536 if (MacroDefLoc.isInvalid() || !TU)
8538 if (!II.hadMacroDefinition())
8541 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8542 Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor();
8543 MacroDirective *MD = PP.getLocalMacroDirectiveHistory(&II);
8545 for (MacroDirective::DefInfo
8546 Def = MD->getDefinition(); Def; Def = Def.getPreviousDefinition()) {
8547 if (MacroDefLoc == Def.getMacroInfo()->getDefinitionLoc())
8548 return Def.getMacroInfo();
8555 const MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef,
8556 CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8557 if (!MacroDef || !TU)
8559 const IdentifierInfo *II = MacroDef->getName();
8563 return getMacroInfo(*II, MacroDef->getLocation(), TU);
8566 MacroDefinitionRecord *
8567 cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, const Token &Tok,
8568 CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8571 if (Tok.isNot(tok::raw_identifier))
8574 if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0)
8576 SourceRange DefRange(MI->getReplacementToken(0).getLocation(),
8577 MI->getDefinitionEndLoc());
8578 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8580 // Check that the token is inside the definition and not its argument list.
8581 SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
8582 if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(Tok.getLocation(), DefRange.getBegin()))
8584 if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(DefRange.getEnd(), Tok.getLocation()))
8587 Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor();
8588 PreprocessingRecord *PPRec = PP.getPreprocessingRecord();
8592 IdentifierInfo &II = PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Tok.getRawIdentifier());
8593 if (!II.hadMacroDefinition())
8596 // Check that the identifier is not one of the macro arguments.
8597 if (std::find(MI->param_begin(), MI->param_end(), &II) != MI->param_end())
8600 MacroDirective *InnerMD = PP.getLocalMacroDirectiveHistory(&II);
8604 return PPRec->findMacroDefinition(InnerMD->getMacroInfo());
8607 MacroDefinitionRecord *
8608 cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, SourceLocation Loc,
8609 CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8610 if (Loc.isInvalid() || !MI || !TU)
8613 if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0)
8615 ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU);
8616 Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor();
8617 if (!PP.getPreprocessingRecord())
8619 Loc = Unit->getSourceManager().getSpellingLoc(Loc);
8621 if (PP.getRawToken(Loc, Tok))
8624 return checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Tok, TU);
8627 CXString clang_getClangVersion() {
8628 return cxstring::createDup(getClangFullVersion());
8631 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
8633 if (ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)) {
8634 LogOS << '<' << Unit->getMainFileName() << '>';
8635 if (Unit->isMainFileAST())
8636 LogOS << " (" << Unit->getASTFileName() << ')';
8640 LogOS << "<NULL TU>";
8645 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(const FileEntry *FE) {
8646 *this << FE->getName();
8650 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXCursor cursor) {
8651 CXString cursorName = clang_getCursorDisplayName(cursor);
8652 *this << cursorName << "@" << clang_getCursorLocation(cursor);
8653 clang_disposeString(cursorName);
8657 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceLocation Loc) {
8659 unsigned Line, Column;
8660 clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &File, &Line, &Column, nullptr);
8661 CXString FileName = clang_getFileName(File);
8662 *this << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d)", clang_getCString(FileName), Line, Column);
8663 clang_disposeString(FileName);
8667 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceRange range) {
8668 CXSourceLocation BLoc = clang_getRangeStart(range);
8669 CXSourceLocation ELoc = clang_getRangeEnd(range);
8672 unsigned BLine, BColumn;
8673 clang_getFileLocation(BLoc, &BFile, &BLine, &BColumn, nullptr);
8676 unsigned ELine, EColumn;
8677 clang_getFileLocation(ELoc, &EFile, &ELine, &EColumn, nullptr);
8679 CXString BFileName = clang_getFileName(BFile);
8680 if (BFile == EFile) {
8681 *this << llvm::format("[%s %d:%d-%d:%d]", clang_getCString(BFileName),
8682 BLine, BColumn, ELine, EColumn);
8684 CXString EFileName = clang_getFileName(EFile);
8685 *this << llvm::format("[%s:%d:%d - ", clang_getCString(BFileName),
8687 << llvm::format("%s:%d:%d]", clang_getCString(EFileName),
8689 clang_disposeString(EFileName);
8691 clang_disposeString(BFileName);
8695 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXString Str) {
8696 *this << clang_getCString(Str);
8700 Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(const llvm::format_object_base &Fmt) {
8705 static llvm::ManagedStatic<llvm::sys::Mutex> LoggingMutex;
8707 cxindex::Logger::~Logger() {
8708 llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(*LoggingMutex);
8710 static llvm::TimeRecord sBeginTR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime();
8712 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
8713 OS << "[libclang:" << Name << ':';
8715 #ifdef USE_DARWIN_THREADS
8716 // TODO: Portability.
8717 mach_port_t tid = pthread_mach_thread_np(pthread_self());
8721 llvm::TimeRecord TR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime();
8722 OS << llvm::format("%7.4f] ", TR.getWallTime() - sBeginTR.getWallTime());
8726 llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(OS);
8727 OS << "--------------------------------------------------\n";
8731 #ifdef CLANG_TOOL_EXTRA_BUILD
8732 // This anchor is used to force the linker to link the clang-tidy plugin.
8733 extern volatile int ClangTidyPluginAnchorSource;
8734 static int LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED ClangTidyPluginAnchorDestination =
8735 ClangTidyPluginAnchorSource;
8737 // This anchor is used to force the linker to link the clang-include-fixer
8739 extern volatile int ClangIncludeFixerPluginAnchorSource;
8740 static int LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED ClangIncludeFixerPluginAnchorDestination =
8741 ClangIncludeFixerPluginAnchorSource;